Home

VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User's Guide

1. J Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check here to activate this profile Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only YPN Connection Through WAMI First WANT First WANT Only WANG First WANZ Onl WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to Keep alive PING to the IP ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiato
2. Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Mediurn AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LL Callback Function CBCP J J Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password eecccece PPP Authentication PAP CHAP y vJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup J 2 4 Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Se
3. Type an e mail address to receive media voice file sent by incoming calls Type a password here When the user want to listen the voice mail he she muse use such password to open it Check this box and the IP PBX will notify the user that there are voice mails in the IP phone Notify User who Subscribed The user needs to send out SUBSCRIBE message first When IPPBX detects new voice message from some extension number or the condition of the voice message is changed it will transfer NOTIFY message to the users within the valid time subscribed Force Notify User The user does not send out SUBSCRIBE message automatically The IPPBX will deliver NOTIFY message to the users if there is a new message or the user registers on IPPBX again It is the time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 217 custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings
4. VigorwPPBX 2820 IP Phone Ext 30 1 sipserver Internet a a 2 Ve IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103a ippbx ISDN Phone Ext60l ippbx ISDN Pho Ext 602 pp bx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 a ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN phones with ext no 601 and 602 are connected to NT interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 30 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 7 The Integrated ISDN line ISDN NT ISDN VigorPPBX 2820 SIP Server IP Phone Ext 301q sipserver internet A IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103 ippbx ISDN hone Ext 601 ippbx So Ftd IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP
5. 220 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 13 USB Applications USB diskette can be regarded as an FTP server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt FTP User Management on the FTP client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB diskette through Vigor router USB Application 5 13 1 FTP General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection and default charset for FTP server At present the Vigor router can support USB diskette with versions of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt FTF General Settings FTP General Settings Concurrent FTP Connection 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default Mote If charset is set to default only long file name in English will be supported Concurrent FTP This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions Connection The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage diskette at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of ch
6. Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WAN I only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F http 192 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode 77 78 DNS Server IP Address PPTP for WAN2 IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address
7. For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface IP PBX gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number O gt me A Interface IS0N1 TE ISDNA1 TE ISON2 TE 10 11 12 LS 1 15 16 17 18 Df b bf bf b f b bf b bf bf k fbf k f l b 19 20 MLE Note Min Len and Max Len should be between O 25 Enable Check this box to invoke this setting VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 193 Prefix Number The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 886 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be r
8. L2TP 172 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method MediumtAH 4 HighfESP DES SDES AES Callback Function CBCP C Enable Callback Function O Use the Following Number to Callback bo minuters From first subnet to remote network you have to da Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Callback Number Callback Budget RIF Direction 255 255 255 0 Determine the dial in connection with different types Allow the remote ISDN LAN to LAN connection You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below In addition you can further set up Callback function below Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Specify CLID or Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Callback Function VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide viewed as one
9. VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide message to the users if there is a new message or the user registers on IPPBX again There are six outside lines SIP accounts and two ISDN lines available based on the Phone Setting configuration for you to specify for such extension Please check the one s you want Specify the way to process incoming phone calls No answer after When the incoming phone call is not picked up it will be processed by keeping forwarding to certain extension or group Please specify the waiting time and determine the way you want to process keep Ring Keep Ring oice Wlall Foward To Extension Foward To Group Busy then When this extension number is busy you can forward the incoming phone call to other extension number or group Do Nothing Voice Mail Foward To Extension Foward To Group Not on line When this extension number is not online you can forward the incoming phone call to other extension number of group Do Nothing w Do Nothing oice Wlall Foward To Extension Foward To Group 189 190 5 12 2 Line Setting There are six SIP outside lines and one ISDN line provided by this IP PBX device Users can set them respectively from SIP Trunk and ISDN Trunk IP PBX gt gt Line Setting Line Setting SIP Trunk ISDN Trunk 5 12 2 1 SIP Trunk This page allows you to set profiles for six SIP outside lines at one time IP PBX gt gt SIP T
10. VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 243 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Jetwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks ml File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks ml 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocolelnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity 2
11. oo or C Enable RIP l DNS Server IP Address Bridge Mode Primary IP Address fe C Enable Bridge Mode Secondary IP Address fF 2 Check if DSL Modem Settings is set appropriately Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address 248 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide For Static Dynamic IP Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if IP address Subnet Mask and Gateway are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name pune Soie Required for some ISPs PING Interval 0 minute s Specify an IP address IP Address RIP Protocol Gateway IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address loo eo Fe Jo oo c2 DNS Server IP Address Router Name Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address For PPTP Users 1 Check if the Enable option for PPTP Link is selected WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable PPP Setup PPTP Server 10 00138 PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout fi second s ISP Access Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Index 1 15 in Schedu
12. 15000 IP precedence 5 w fioo SEC i Port There are three phone ports provided here for you to configure One Index 1 is fixed and two Index 2 amp 3 are configurable Phone port allows you to set general settings for analog phones ISDN port allows you to set common settings for ISDN network connection ISDN1 and ISDN2 port are configurable Please use the drop down list to choose ISDN1 2 TE for Internet connection or choose ISDN1 2 S0 ISDN intern for ISDN phone In addition you can connect six phones to this router in certain case Please refer to Section 4 1 for detailed information of ISDN phone network connection Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the
13. 172 16 3 201 00 50 7F 1C 49 E5 220 130 52 220 O00 S0 7F C1i 06 4D 172 16 3 115 00 1i8 92 92 E8 1D 172 16 2 114 O00 S50 7 F CO 25 BD 172 16 3 134 O00 S0 7F 33 31 E3 172 16 2 229 00 50 7F FO O0 SE w Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 15 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 3 1 192 168 1 10 00 0E 46 24 D5 41 00 00 06 820 ok leeg yiyO7 5u v Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 9 15 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the setup page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table MAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicat
14. ACT WPN Li a E O O 0 G USB DSL Phone Factory KA d e Reset CoM WANZ oS ISOH ISD Piz 1 Giga 4 4LAN WANZ Phone Lira 2 a OSL USE j Dray Tek Vigor PPBX 2820n less LAN D Wire ONM OF RAPS ACT WLAN Line ra oO 0 D USB DSL Phone Factory O O Reset CSM WAN o 0 a gt ISDH i ISDN LED Status ACT Activity USB O VPN WLAN DSL Blinking WAN 2 Off Phone Off Blinking Qos n LED on Connector ISDN1 2 Left LED Orange Blinking Off Right LED On Green VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Phone Line Ii Ji i ie A j 2 4 4 LAN OSL USB 1 Giga Wal Ai Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu VPN tunnel is up and down Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The modem is ready Quickly The connection is training The WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data A PSTN
15. Bc sd ache ake arcane ee aetna ease a llc cudnt E 156 S06 Wake on LAN sched tiedeer lacs Se atseticiee oe Se aa cient etic cna aa a AT 157 5 9 VPN and EMOIS ACCESS erir a a aaa 159 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide v 5 9 1 Remote Access Control sass cecacastecedetecie telaciet ted catecusdcchaesaaadehmoukidlet vedakednacahaseebeledscadiadea 159 SO ZPPP General SEUD asinen a hacbcte satiated tere 159 9 9 9 IPSEC OGEneral SEUD kai A a a an e 161 594 IPSEC Peer IGOR IY iness e a aaa 162 5 9 S Remote DialiMh USEF airaa a a a a a aa 164 DOGLAN TO CAN raide a aa E A E 167 5 9 7 Connection MANAGEMENL cccceccccceccaeesseeceeeeeeceeeesseceeeceueeaseeeeeeesssuaeseeeeeeeesssaaaeeeeeess 175 5 10 Certificate Managem eNe rieton a a iea R ana 176 OO OCA Ge VIN Cate ieser anaele inno ra i a ane ara nai 176 DO 2 Trusted CA CEriCatE ruoista ee ir rani aa ieot 178 910S OC eMinlCale BACKUP ririri naian aade a arde aeda 179 SIS eaae a a eee 179 DiI Basi 10 9 0 EDan E A a a a eee eee ee ee 179 DATAZ General SOLIS ana a a fate oad Sate eneniadea dered 179 DIRS Dial 10 SIN GIG DUA SPS yaar sie cece Sonesta a a sent dees ethane auaiainsg obec 182 ed We Gall ONION oe sd ethic eat a anaciaet acts seed stuido se acedGua aennnetiansdedaddar deri aqtsnceeories 185 id Me A sepeh tis beetiaecaisee ett Sees E E ae cap ete ean eet As nea eect 187 FALNE ee SLU ace case se ets eget cecemagstene aay sauaeansen aed aaaeset acecedaannsanieseasastaucaos teas
16. It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certiiicate Management 5 10 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 42509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window 176 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Import Refresh View Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orgini
17. Optional MPPE ka Mutual Authentication PAF Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known 44 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VDES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username pen Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method C ISDN Pre Shared Key IPSec Tunnel C Digital Signature 5095 LJ L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number Medium 4H 220 135 240 210 High ESP 3 or Peer ID DES
18. PFEBBREEBEBRBEBE EE 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt Next gt gt D A a Pot Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail 124 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 5 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 Vf 18 3 19 4 20 J a1 6 2 l 23 8 a4 J 23 10 26 12 26 B 23 t4 30 15 31 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 125 Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects fro
19. The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Block Unknown Protocol VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker s
20. and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Sp Firmar Deere Wily 25 DOR Time OutiSec t Router IP 192 1681 m Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Fassword 14 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time uk Sec Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie A Password Sending 15 Now the firmware update is finished 4 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 53 56 CAServerA CA Server B 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI GD User requests a certificate issued by CA Server Aand Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate x509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name IP draytek com Subject Name Country C g State ST Location L Orginization 0 Dra
21. gt PBX System Hunt Groups Index 1 Hunt Group Name Hunt Rule simultaneously Hunt List Maximum Of Group Member 20 Available Chosen Add x Add All Remove w Remove All Move Up Move Down FXS PHONE S01 ISDN PHONE1 903 Hunt Group Name Type suitable name for such group 198 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Hunt Group Extension Hunt Rule Add gt gt Add All Remove lt lt Remove All Move Up Move Down Type extension number for such group Use the drop down menu to choose rule for such group Simultaneously Choose such rule can make all the phones in the groups ring while receiving incoming calls Sequentially Choose such rule can make all the phones in the groups ring one by one while receiving incoming calls Click this button to move the selected item in Available area to Chosen area Click this button to move all of the items in Available area to Chosen area Click this button to move the selected item in Chosen area to Available area Click this button to clear all of the selections in Chosen area Click this button to move the selected item to the upper place Click this button to move the selected item to the lower place 5 12 4 3 Voice Mail Configuration This page allows users to set actions for voices mails IP PBX gt gt PBX System Yoice Mail Configuration Extension for checking messages CO Attach recordings to E mail oe 65535 Send message by
22. information lt center gt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL 4ccess Control JEnable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections a Web Feature JEnable Restrict Web Feature Action cookie Cl Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 135 136 Priority Log URL Access Control It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will
23. please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide User Defined Germany Netherlands Portugal Sweden Australia Slovenia Czech Slovakia Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone
24. residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the use is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different form that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com about_us R_TTE_Certification php ACEO C This product is designed for DSL ISDN and POTS network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide iii Table of Contents Chapter
25. 1 PRelaG ncccsscr ai 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccceccccecceeeeseeeeceeeeseaaeeeceeeesssaeeeeseeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 122 LED Indic t rs and Connector S espins a e a EA 2 to Hardware nstalation sinrrssnr a a a 5 1 4 ISDN Phone Adapter instalation ies tecccctexetarslecnactthen ac aeosede a e A R 6 AOTC HAS TAMATIOMN yi a dined suntuetagateindnaole cen clbeas 7 Chapter 2 Configuring Basic Settings ccccccsssessesseeeessesenseesenseeseeneesenseesenseeseneees 13 2 1 CHANGING Password cccecccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeeaeuseeeeeseeueeeesssaeeeeeessaaeeeeeesageeeeessaaeseeseeeeas 13 22 QUICK Start VIZ ARO iss o2t5ie5 act receanodceateatol ip eaaehoen anasaitic one tents soeigiaaebnacsasidtsndtescod gbagehorncaasuesteneee 15 22 PPPOE PPPOA susor a neriie ae an eraiten rie 16 22 2 1403 BNdged IP nairean a a e a 18 2 2 AGS ROUE IP asen ee a a aa a a 19 Z SONNE SIUS eat a a eh cers name a eects Soe 20 2A DNN GOMMOUGAUOM a e E a a R a eebetadiieasaw 23 Chapter 3 ApDCatONS siini a a 25 3 1 The Registration of 50 IP based Telephone ExtensionS cccccccccseeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesaeeesseees 25 3 2 The IP Registration from Remote Site through WAN Connection cccceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 3 3 The Integration IP Registration with SIP Server cccccccsecscececseseeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeesaeseeeeeneas 27 3 4 The Integration VoIP Communications Via SIP Server cccccceeecccee
26. 8 24 F 25 10 2b T 12 26 13 29 14 30 T5 31 16 J2 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po IM Object P2P Object Misc Object Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 5 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while
27. Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Block MetBios i i AL LAN gt WAM Any Any Edit Edit TC UDF Port from 137 139 to undefined Dont Care w Action Profile Syslog Block Immediately k d Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt LAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Service Type VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide http 192 168 1 1 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects v Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object v or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Finanical Dept 3 HR D
28. E mail only Day for keeping voice mail Maximum messages time Mail Yoice Mail Setup SMTP Server Ol Authentication Wiser Name Password Extension for checking messages Attach recordings to e mail a fo The number specified here is used for the user to listen personal voice mail from IP PBX device IP PBX can send the voice mail to the specified e mail address for the incoming call if you check this box Send message through E mail IP PBX can send the voice mail to the specified e mail address for the incoming call directly and delete the temporary file in IP PBX if you check this box Days for keeping voice mail Type the days for keeping each voice mail Maximum message time SMTP Server VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Type the recording length for each voice mail Type IP address or domain name for the server specified for receiving voice messages 199 Authentication Check this box to authenticate the mail server User Name Type a name for IP PBX to authenticate the mail server automatically while connecting Password Type a password for IP PBX to authenticate the mail server automatically while connecting 5 12 4 4 Office Hours You can set ten groups of office hours including starting point ending point on duty day s IP PBX gt gt PBX System Office Hours Office Hour Office Hour Index Enable Start HHMM End HHMM Weekdays 1 M Sun O Mon O Tue V Wed CI Thu LI Fri
29. However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN2 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN1 is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for Internet Access 5 1 3 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WAN1 and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WAN1 and WAN2 are enabled VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt General Setup General Setup WAMI W AMZ Enable Yes Enable Yes li Display Name Display Name Physical Mode ADSL Physical Mode Ethernet w Load Balance Mode
30. Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes A4eEs Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Connection Through WANT First dg C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP gt Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 41 Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentication YJ Compression On off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signat
31. MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 155 156 SIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties 7 lt Mmm Advanced Settings m DO EPERE ETP General Services Ne Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can access B J IF Broadband Connection on Router O Ftp Exarople menmegr 192 168 29 11 131735 60654 UDF msnmeor 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through 4 iw msnmsar 192 169 25 11 8789 63231 TCF shared connection on another computer ee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit me E D _ al The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating sy
32. Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 63 via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP 5 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2820 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2820 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2820 with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor2820n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor2820 series Mobile Coffee shop Internet VoIP Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN a A Vigorze20 Series 3 56 HSDPA USB Modem After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port
33. Ojad UO jar Oja Ojava Ojem Ol js Clear All Ljse Ojse jtk ActIVes Select All L als LI apb C ass Aln C olb C ole C tlb Cl viv C vrm Clear All Compression Select All ace LI arj Cl bzip2 l bz2 L cab LI gz Cl qzip Clear All L rar L sit LI zip Executation Select All L bas L bat LI com C exe Ll inf L pif C reg Clear All L ser Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 127 128 5 5 8 IM Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for Instant Messenger These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Il Profile Table Profile Name Profile FPEEEBRBEFRBErPRF PrP Eee e Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles 1r 8 9 ww iw iw my I IN I Im im im im im in oe eee i eee eee ee ee i i Setto Factory Default Name Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several types of Instant Messenger IM provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use IM Object drop down list to choose the proper profi
34. Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task ORetrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet tex
35. Phone Ext 101 aippbx Ext 602 a ipphx Ja IP Phone Ext 102aippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN phones with ext no 601 and 602 are connected to ISDN PBX The ISDN PBX also provides analog extensions to allow analog phones to be connected The analog phone with ext no 603 is connected at the ISDN PBX The analog land line is connected to the Line port The analog phone is connected to the Phone port and is using ext no 401 at Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN PBX s two internal lines are connected to the TE interfaces of the Vigor PPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 33 3 12 The Integration of ISDN Telephony PSTN Network and VoIP Connection 36 5 Ys Ext 601a ippbx SDN Phone VigonPPBX 2820 IP Phone Ext 301 asipserver ee NeT w Voss am TS IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201aippbx Ext 103zippbx Ves Analog Phone xt401aippbx VigorSwitch P2260 POE Switch bffalog Phone Ext 6022ippbx i PE e
36. Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Check this box to activate the port mapping entry you have defined Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 99 conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 system Maintenance gt gt Mana
37. SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF mode LG InBand QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Detailed Settings for ISDN1 2 SO Port Click the number link of Index 2 or Index 3 ISDN1 SO or ISDN2 SO you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 211 IP PBX gt gt PBX System ISDN1 S0 Call Feature C Hotline O Session Timer C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ae Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored C CLIR hide caller IC O call Waiting L call Transfer Hotline Session Timer DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer 212 Codecs G 729A4 B Kbps O Single Codec Packet Size voice Active Detector Extension Number 203 E mail Address Yoice mail pacsward MIT Notify User who Subscribed Force Notify User Outgoing Call Use SIP1 Osie Osia Osipy sips OSIP JISDN2 TE Expiry Time Answer Mode No answer after aq sec then Keep Ring w Busy then Do Nothing w C o Aen Check the box to enable it Type in the
38. Sat 2 d Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 3 LI Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 4 LI Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 5 LI Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 5 L Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat fi L Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat z d Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat g O Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 10 LI Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Holiday Setting Month Date po 2 pd 3 po T D n DoS 1 Pd Office Hour Start Use the drop down menu to choose the time as the starting point Office Hour End Use the drop down menu to choose the time as the ending point Weekdays Check the day s to apply the office hour for that index VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Date Specify date s for applying the office hour settings in holiday for example type 2 4 6 amp 7 in the field of Date for Month 1 It means January 2 4 6 amp 7 will apply the office hour settings configured in this page 5 12 4 5 Auto Attendant Wizard The first page is configured for phone calls in office hours IP PBX gt gt PBX System Auto Attendant Wizard Office Hours P a Key m D 5 wy a ol Ol Lan T m D 5 Eg T I L L i 7 Ring Receptionist 8 Ring Receptionist 9 Ring Receptionist 1 Plays Prompt Prompt 7 2 Ring Receptionist Auto Attendant 7 3 Ring Receptionist 1 answers the 9 P 1 M Caller calls call plays office 4 Ring Receptionist w Auto gt hours greeting gt Attendant prompt Sj and o Ring Rec
39. VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 73 74 WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout fi second s Username fe IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password P OONN P Alias Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Fixed IF Yes No Dynamic IF gt Ft Fixed IF Address Po ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address WAN Connection Detection MAC Address lao Eo FF oa JE D2 Mode TTL Enable Disable ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the
40. We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host oa foo foo oo oo foo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on WAN 2 Enable Private IP If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE PPPoA or MPoA mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 E 192 168 1 88 fe WAN 2 Enable Private IP O Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 101 Bing ok 13 168 1 10 1s 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 192 168 1 88 192 168 1 10 Choose PC WAN 2 Enable Private IP o C o J o 102 Vigo
41. a E Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer 15 Mag VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 Open File gt Add a New Computer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Q Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects I through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S p Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing S Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties RR Cancel Close m 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local
42. appear and the router will reboot Please follow the steps below to download G 729 user Prompts to your computer l 2 3 4 5 Please use DOS BOX FTP client Windows built in FTP client utility to login MARS FTP server Press Enter to pass authentication Type get v2820_ 729_userprompt ivr Wait for a while The message of 226 File sent OK will appear Type quit to close FTP client Record audio file Below shows a flow chart for using a phone set to record audio file 204 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1151 1160 Record user defined prompt file within 20 sec 1 Save 2 Review 3 Re record Cancel VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1251 12604 Play user defined prompt file IVR Greeting 1351 1360 Delete user defined prompt file 1 Confirm Cancel 14 Clear all user defined prompt files 1 Confirm 3 Cancel 205 206 5 12 4 7 Phone Setting This page allows user to set phone settings IP PBX gt gt Phone List Index 1 Z ISON1 S0 3 ISON2 TE RTP Phone List RTP FBX System Call Gain Extension DTMF PAEL Feature poner Mane Mic Speaker Number Relay Wiser Phone CW CT G6 7294 6 eee Suis 901 QutBand User G 729A B eaa avis 903 QutBand Wiser G 729A B Denmen Suis 904 QutBand Cl Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS YoIP Collection Timer VoIP Collection Timer Length
43. based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN line is connected to TE interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN phone with ext no 601 is connected to NT interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 31 3 8 The 4 B Channels of Two ISDN Lines 32 SIP Server NA WA VigonPPBX 2820 IP Phone Ext 301 sipserver Internet IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103 ippbx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The two ISDN lines are connected to two TE interfaces of the VigorIPPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 9 The Integration of ISDN PBX with One ISDN Line ISDN Phone SIP A R internet vigonFfFPEX 2820
44. can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F hittp 192 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O f WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAR IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Static or Dynamic IP for WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 75 76 Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have
45. codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps 3 7 11M b4k bps 3 7114 b4k bos G 729A B BKbps G 723 B 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Ums Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector Type for specifying an extension number for such phone set Type an e mail address to receive media voice file sent by incoming calls Type a password here When the user want to listen the voice mail he she muse use such password to open it Check this box and the IP PBX will notify the user that there are voice mails in the IP phone Notify User who Subscribed The user needs to send out SUBSCRIBE message first When IPPBX detec
46. coming from the router package the user can connect several phones to the router for communication Refer to the following figure for reference ISDN Phone Adapter VPN Line WANZ i O Oo Q Q USB DSL Phone CSM WAN2 QoS Phone Line 1 Giga ISDN Phone Adapter ISDN Phone Yet if the user configures ISDN port as TE Mode in IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings the green LED will light on to indicate ISDN TE is selected Then the port is specified for ISDN line only Refer to the following figure for reference ISON Phone H Analog Phone ISDN Phone G a 33 Giga VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1 5 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE please visit www draytek com Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Router Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes EG Documents aline e Control Panel Network Connections amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu l pe Search r t Help and Support a EA
47. connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server 28 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 5 The Integration with PSTN telephony SIP Server VigorPPBX 2820 Ext 301 sipserver f internet j IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103a ippbx NES Analog Phone Ext 401a ippbx k IP Phone Ex 101 ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The analog land line is connected to the Line port The analog phone is connected to the Phone port and is using ext no 401 at the Vigor PPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 29 3 6 The Added ISDN Telephony SIP Server
48. data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence 6 IPF precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop Medium Oropi High Drop Medium Oropi High Drop Low Drop Medium Oropi i i i i i Low Drop i i i i High Drop VoIP Collection Timer Not available VoIP Collection Timer Length Not available Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link of Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings Below is the sample page for Phone port VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 207 208 IP PBX gt gt PBX System Phone Call Feature Codecs C Hotline Prefer Codec G 729A B Kbps H L Session Timer Sec O Single Codec C DNOfDo Not Disturb Mode Packet Size Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Voice Activ
49. decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of d
50. ee a 1 e 3 4 a 6 E 8 S 10 11 FA JER 14 15 16 A A _ Ww M 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name RD Department Interface Any wi Address Type Range Address Start IP Address 192 168 1 64 End IP Address 192 168 1 75 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Invert Selection F Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 119 Interface Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Address Type Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP
51. enable this function The application of multicast will be executed for the clients in LAN Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use 5 8 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address macaddess PE Result Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 157 158 IP Address MAC Address Wake Up Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN
52. for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future To use PPTP as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPTP mode The following web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable PPP Setup PPTP Server es PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP 4ccess Setup Idle Timeout fi second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password fs Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Address fs gt WAN IP Network Settings ISDN Dial Backup Setup Obtain an IP address automatically Dial Backup Mode Specify an IP address Enable Disable PPTP Server ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup IP Address 172 16 5 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Specify the IP address of the PPTP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this
53. i SS IP Phone Ext 301a sipserver aN A ct AN eth ee s IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 gippbx Ext 103aippbx Ext 601aippbx obit Alba __ Analog Phone Ns a 602aippbx E 603aippbx IP Phone Week ext 101 ippbx oe ee IP Phone Ext 102aippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered On the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN phone with ext no 701 is connected to NT interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN PBX is connected to TE interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN phones with ext no 601 and 602 are connected to ISDN PBX The ISDN PBX also provides analog extensions to allow analog phones to be connected The analog phone with ext no 603 is connected at the ISDN PBX VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 30 3 10 The Deployment of ISDN PBX and PSTN Network SIP Server i ws a e e a VigonPPBA 2820 IP Phone Ext 01 sipserver Internet a IP Phone Phone ext 201 ippbx c Analog Phone Ext 401aippbx ISDN Phone Ext 7
54. is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS
55. legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name L J 2 G ai f 4 amp Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt center gt lt br lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further
56. one page If you select PPPoE PPPoA as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE WAN2 Online Status system Status System Uptime 3 18 44 Primary Secondary LAN Status Primary DNS 192 168 66 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 49 552 WAN 1 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes ADSL DHCP Client 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 165 66 10 192 168 66 1 1 g 1 0 WAN 2 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPOE 000 22 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 218 160 234 238 61 216 116 254 14 16 15 41 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011_43 ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks Le 23 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att a OMT SHOW TIME 1024000 1i s36000 0 0 Online status for PPTP for WAN2 Online Status system Status System Uptime 3 18 44 Primary Secondary LAN Status Primary DNS 166 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 166 95 1 1 IP Address TK Packets RX Packets 192 158 1 1 480 339 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Tes ADSL Static IP 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 106 00 52 Io Jee 66 1 1 g 1 16 WAN 2 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Etherne
57. phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Extension Number E mail Address Voice Mail Password MWI Message Waiting Indicator Expiry Time If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4K bps 3 711MU b4kbps G f11A4 64K bps G 729A B 8kKbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Ums Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector Type for specifying an extension number for such phone set
58. port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 6060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Set port number for the proxy server The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before 191 192 Authentication ID Password Expiry Time Trunk Number Office hours answer mode Non office hours answer mode 5 12 2 2 ISDN Trunk Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service It is the time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again There are two ways to dial outside lines for an extension number First dial a short number and wait for a while When dial tone appears please dial the real outside line number Second dial a short numbe
59. port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settin
60. security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 5 14 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router 7 Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you want to reb
61. server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP users for accessing into FTP server USB diskette Be aware that users cannot access into USB diskette in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Type the password for FTP users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Type the password again to make confirmation It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB diskette must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for suc
62. service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter 5 6 1 IM P2P Filter Profile You can define policy profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer application Such profile will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 133 134 CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile IMZP2P Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 17 2 18 3 13 4 20 J 21 G 22 f 23
63. the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 268 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Sta
64. to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Z http 192 168 1 1 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Intern
65. users to configure settings in this page IP PBX gt gt PBX System SIP Proxy Setting SIP Local Port SIP Proxy Realm RTP Local Port Start RTP Local Port End SIP Local Port Set a port number as SIP local port The default setting is 5060 SIP Proxy Realm Type SIP service domain name In full SIP URI such is the part after symbol RTP Local Port Start RTP If your VoIP service provider gave you such information Local Port End please type the port number for RTP traffic Otherwise keep the default setting For one port number used type the same port number in RTP Local Port Start and RTP Local Port End fields To set a range for port numbers type different port numbers in RTP Local Port Start and RTP Local Port End fields 5 12 4 2 Hunt Group This page allows you to make several extension numbers under certain group Thus when a phone call incomes all the extension numbers under such group will ring VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 197 IP PBX gt gt PBX System Hunt Group Group Name Group Extension Hunt List Max 20 Extension PrrPerrrreerpe Index You can set 10 groups for using in different conditions Simply click the number under Index to specify detailed information Group Name Display the name of such group Group Extension Display the extension number of such group Hunt List Display the members inside the group Click any index number to display the hunt group setup page IP PBX gt
66. 01aippbx IP Phone Ext 101 ippby ssc IP Phone Ext 1 O2zippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN phone with ext no 701 is connected to NT interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN PBX is connected to TE interface of the Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN phones with ext no 601 and 602 are connected to ISDN PBX The ISDN PBX also provides analog extensions to allow analog phones to be connected The analog phone with ext no 603 is connected at the ISDN PBX The analog land line is connected to the Line port The analog phone is connected to the Phone port and is using ext no 401 at the Vigor PPBX 2820 34 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 11 The Integration of ISDN Telephony and PSTN Network ISDN Phone Ext 601aippbx ISON Phone SIP Server y os eN IP Phone Ext 301a sipserver VigorPPBX 2820 aon A IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext O3aippbx NS Analog Phone Analog Phone Ext 603aippbx IP
67. 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 Peny cy Risi Zz Oc 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration F Enable Pi P2 P3 P4 LANO CO LANI O O LAN2 Oo O O O LANS C C d d To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 95 96 5 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address 192 1686 1 10 Add and Edit IP Address Po Mac Address WoW oe Wo Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Mac Address O0 0E 46 2A DS Al Click this r
68. 2 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 132 168 2 1 Gateway IF Address 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address 2nd Subnet DHCP Server for Relay Agent L DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address OoOo Secondary IP Address OoOo RIF Protocol Control Disable w 4 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Insert CD of the router to your CD ROM 2 From the webpage please find out Utility menu and click it 3 On the webpage of Utility click Install Now under Syslog description to install the corresponding program Please remember to set as follows in your DrayTek Router e server IP Address IF address of the PC that runs the syslog Port Number Default value 514 Install Now VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 53 The file RTSxxx exe will be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file Go to www draytek com to find out the newly update firmware for your router Access into Support Center gt gt Downloads Find out the model name of the router and click the firmware link The Tools of Vigor router will display as shown below Tools Name Released Date Version OS Support Model Download Router Tools 2112 2006 3 5 1 MS Vvindows A
69. 20 13 29 t4 30 15 34 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several items for P2P protocols provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use P2P Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profle Name 0 Check for Disallow Protocol Applications C SoulSeek SoulSeek JeDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack kaza BearShare iMesh C OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop Bit Torrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet C winny Winny Winks Share Other P2P Applications LJ Xunlei L Vaqgaa CI PF365 OIPOcO CI Clubbox C Ares J ezPeer 130 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 5 5 10 Misc Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for miscellaneous applications These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt Mise Object Profile Misc Profile Table Setto Factory Defa
70. 237 Dil O96 PNO Dagos Serena a a a a a e tassatites 238 5 1 5 7 Data FIWE MONIO sero a e a e e cemseeat 239 Dail nO LPG Cal a Dl A T a E T E N E E A 240 S199 MACE ROU a a a E a 241 Chapter 6 Trouble Shooting ssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm nnn 243 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb ccccecccccceseceeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeees 243 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 244 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your COMPUtEL ccccccccseeeseeceeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeesaeeseseeeeeeesseaeaeeeeeeees 246 vi VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Preface VigorIPPBX 2820 is an ADSL and broadband router with WAN interface It provides policy based load balance fail over and BOD Bandwidth on Demand also it integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewa
71. 2820 Series User s Guide Primary ISP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP for primary ISP setup Secondary ISP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP for secondary ISP setup 5 11 4 Call Control ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address ISP Name Enter the secondary ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by the ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Some applications require that the router be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resourc
72. 2nd Subnet 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts So end IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 132 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address i 2nd Subnet DHCP Server for Relay Agent RIP Protocol Control Ist IP Address Ist Subnet Mask DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is 2 4 IP Address 2 4 Subnet Mask VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 89 90 2 DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet E http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts 0 max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address p li Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start wi
73. 3DES AES LocalID Caption Callback Function Check to enable Callback function IPSec Security Method Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget Bo minuters If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 45 46 VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Idle Timeout S00 second s Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP Cl IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number 220 155 240 210 or Peer ID Username draytek IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature 5094 Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESF DES SDES AES Local ID Coptional Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control bo minutes Callback Number Callback Budget Settings in the remote host l For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the packag
74. 44 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically O Use the following IP address O Use the folowing ONS server addresses Saree Saal For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 e800 __ Network mae y Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet F IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 Sooner re Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 245 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might ne
75. 5 255 0 0 Gateway IP 172 156 3 4 For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Internet Access WAR 1 PPPoE PPPoA HPO RFC1483 27664 Enable Disable ISP Access Setup DSL Modem Settings Fixed IP O Yes No Dynamic IF Protocol PPPoE Fixed IP Address fe Modulation Multimode Multi P YC channel Channel 1 ka PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout fi second s i IP Address From ISP WAR IP Alias Encapsulating Type LLOJSNAP w Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address ea FF joo oo or Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPPoE Pass through O For Wired LAN For MPoA Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA hPoA RFC1483 27684 amp Enable O Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DSL Modem Settings Multi P C channel Channel 2 1483 Bridged IP LLC o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address Encapsulation VBI IP Address 172 16 3 229 YEI E a Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Modulation Multimode if ki 4 Gateway IP Address 172 16 3 4 ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode None Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address RIP Protocol MAC Address co co Fe joo
76. 68 1 1 749 Soe WAN 1 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes ADSL DHEP Client IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 66 10 192 168 66 1 1 g gt gt Release Up Time 0 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 1 0 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name lode Yes Ethernet PPPoE IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 218 100 234238 G1 216 115 254 14 16 gt gt Drop PPPoE Up Time O00 22 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 15 4i ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011i_A ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 18 z3 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att G DMT SHOW TIME 1024000 11936000 E E VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 21 22 Online status for ISDN enabled Enable Line wame Fone up nme Yes Ethernet Static IF 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Life Lf ash i get ee Pe 0 0 0 0 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 2121501_4 ATH Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks O 0 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att ae READY O T 0 0 ISDN Status gt gt Dial ISDN gt gt DropBi gt gt Drop Be Channel Active Connection TX Pkts Rate RX Pkts X Rate UpTime AOC Bps Bps ISDN 1 Ad Idle 0 0 0 T BHITHTE 0 ISDN1 om B Idle 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 ISDN1 D UP Dae 2930 192 168 3 10 19 g 10 a 00 36 T ISDN2 E B Idle 0 0 0 0 DADHE 0 ISDN2 0 UP D
77. 8 the router will make ISDN phone under ISDN1 SO port and configured with internal MSN number 32 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972729 the router will make ISDN phones under ISDN1 S0 port and configured with internal MSN number 5972729 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972720 the router will make all of ISDN phones under ISDN1 S0 port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972722 the router will make no phone ringing for the number is not specified in such page If you use Phone to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the telephone number 5972726 because CLIP is not checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 32 to dial an outgoing call remote user will see Withheld Number from the telephone display panel because Phone CLIR is checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 5972729 to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the number 5972729 because Phone CLIP is checked If you use ISDN1 SO without MSN Setup to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the number 5972720 because Phone CLIP is checked 5 11 3 Dial to Single Dual ISPs Select Dialing to a Single ISP if you access the Internet via a single ISP VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup ISP Name fe Link Type aatia o PPP Authentication Idle Timeout 180 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password fT Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic I
78. Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type 1s selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name T RD Department i Finanical Dept 3 HR Department 4 120 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name epeb E ee mn e e e e m eS Set to Factory Default a e e a a e a e a a e e e DS i j ml Bo fet eR a a eet A A a l Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Hame Interface Available IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Finanical Dept 3 HF Department Name Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Selected IP Objects Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Click gt gt button
79. Auto Weight hd Coad Balance Mode Auto Weight ne Line Speed Kbps DownLink bo Line Speed kbps Downlink boo uplink J uplink J Active Mode Always On wv Active Mode Always On s Active on demand WARS Fail Active on demand WANT Fail WAN2 Upload speed exceed os kbps WAN Upload speed exceed o kbps WAN Download speed exceed Oo kbps WANI Download speed exceed Oo kbps Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface Physical Mode For WANI1 the physical connection is done through ADSL port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port You cannot change it Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 315 USB Modern To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available for WAN2 You can enable PPP as the access mode and complete further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode O Enable Disable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 Default ATRFEOV1X18D28C1S0 0 APN Name Modem Dial String ATDTSS Default ATDT 99 PPP Username _ Optional PPP Password Optional Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup _ICLICLICI Phy
80. BX 2820 Series User s Guide 87 88 Internet gg Public IP Address cz 220 135 240 207 7 Private Subn Router IP TT What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Internet DYER UGK vigoriPPex 2820 99 att 22 5 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask Enable Server Disable Server 132 165 1 1 Relay Agent O ist Subnet
81. DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings and Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Set l Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter IM P 2P Filter None URL Content Filter None OOOO Web Content Filter Mone g i au en i lt Advance Setting Edit Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS 4 Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check
82. DSL Modem Settings Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router Mlultimode kai T1 413 G Lite G DMT ADSL2 G 992 3 Modulation ADSL annex fl ADSL2 G 992 5 ADSL annex M Multimode VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide PPPoE Pass through ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection ISP Access Setup The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package
83. Dray Tek Vigor PPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Date 2009 01 20 Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2009AII rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat source
84. Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Action Profile Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules IM P2P Filter Select one of the IM P2P Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P Filter Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile for applying with this router VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 107 108 Syslog Advance Setting Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile web page firs
85. IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality IM P2P Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may con
86. In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN E PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 or Peer ID Username Password YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method V Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Cl Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number minutes Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP O IPSec Tunnel O L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 206 or Peer ID Username draytek Password eeccece YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3SDES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so t
87. InEand InEand QutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 5 12 5 PBX Status IP PBX gt gt PBX Status PBX Status Call Detail Records Extension Monitor 5 12 5 1 Call Detail Records This page displays call records of IP PBX such as failed call successful call no answer call date of the call and the duration of each call and so on VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 219 IP PBX gt gt PBX Status Call Detail Records Pefresh Seconds 10 Refresh Index ate From To Result Duration e H I fen 2 e ee on ee oo ee 451 500 01 950 951 1000 gt 551 600 601 650 651 700 701 750 751800 801 850 851 900 9 5 12 5 2 Extension Monitor This page displays owner s name IP address status and peer ID for each extension number IP PBX gt gt PBX Status Extension Monitor Pefresh Seconds Refresh Index Name Extension IP Status Peer ID 1 Offline eae offline Offline Offline Offline Sa a Offline se aaa Offline FE Sao Offline Scr ae Offline Offline O O JA Mm im Ww M l l l l l l H E l l l l l l lt lt 1 40 11 20 21 30 3140 41 50 51 52 gt gt ext gt gt
88. Log CallLog WAN Log Network Infomation Net State F4 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Anr 12 09 17 49 WANZ PPPoE lt Protocol LEF 021 ConfReg Identifier 0x03 ACCM 0x0 Authe 2G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 00 WAN2 PPPoE gt Protocol LCP c021 ConfRegq Identifier 0x00 MRU 1500 ACC WAN2 PPPoE lt 1 T 1 PADS ID 0 2G Modem response CONNECT 3600000 3G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 7G Modem dial ATDT 998 WAN2 PPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR ID 0 WAN2 PPPoE 1 T 1 PADO IDO 2G Modem respons OF 2G Modem initialize ATAFEOV1X14 D24 C1S0 0 WAN2 PPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADI IDO lt ADSL Status Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2820 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to res
89. Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 85 WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End 86 CP 66 95 7100 2 ml wla Ela co Ra Ra E wa as Z Mm aia a o 2 2 g E 2 e EE Cia wo OF lt Cancel Oo A Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 or WAN2 for binding Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If th
90. N IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Mioes Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial out Dial In C Enable this profile C Always on Idle Timeout second s C Enable PING to keep alive Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection YPN Connection Through WANI First w Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression On off IKE Authentication Method
91. N 6 te 5 ATM QoS Port based Bridge Enable lt D fbf k bf h fh YPI CI Qos Type Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLC SNAP v 1483 Bridged IP LLC v UOOOOOC COCECAE Note YPIYCI must be unique for each channel Enable VPI VCI QoS Type Protocol VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi PVC channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Type in the value provided by your ISP Type in the value provided by your ISP Select a proper QoS type for the channel Oos Type Select a proper protocol for this channel Protocol PPPoE 81 Encapsulation VL MLA LLOSSNAP Choose a proper type for this channel The types will be different according to the protocol setting that you choose Encapsulation 1403 Route IP LLC v Encapsulation 1453 Bridged IP LLC VC MUN o 1463 Route IP LLE 1453 Bridged IP VC Mux 1453 Routed IP VC Mux lIPoA WAN link for Channel 3 4 5 are provided for router borne application such as TR069 and VoIP The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 3 4 or 5 to configure your router WAN gt gt Multi PVCs gt gt P
92. P C Require ISP callback CBCP Fixed IP Address fs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ISP Access Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name such as Seednet Hinet and so on Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 5 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN B channel for Internet access Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 5 12 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to
93. P Fixed 28459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read outSetup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSDOEM Traditional Chinese Bag O0al 21 00a6 7c 00a9 63 D0ss 61 O0ads2d 00ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 OObaot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept Incoming Fragmented UDP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept Incoming Fragmented UDP Packets 5 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup set Thal l Comments Default Call Filter Default Data Filter Setto Factory Default Comments a a F
94. P before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F http 192 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer E 0 X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically 79 PPP for WAN2 Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Such mode is active only 3G USB Modem was chosen as the physical mode in General Setup WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode OEnable Disable Modem Initial String Default AT amp FEOVIxX180280150 0 APN Name Modem Dial String Default ATOT 99 PPP Username Optional PPP Password Po Optional Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP Client Mode SIM PIN code Mod
95. P subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP cog a first subnet to remote network you have to T Remote Network IP 192 166 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 k Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 40 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP BAP or CHAP E When DHCP Disable set Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 2 200 ao MPPE Optional MPPE k Mutual Authentication PAP ves No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared
96. Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization O Orginization Unit OU Common Name CCNI Email E IP Address ka Profile Name Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Type in a name in this file Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E 163 5 9 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via ISDN or build the VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type ISDN Dial In connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 acce
97. Phone CLIR CLIP C Phone O 150N1 50 o o C Phone O 150N1 50 O Phone O 15011 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone Q 150N1 50 O Phone O 15011 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone Q 150N1 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 o o m E NNN SG m E N N MSN Numbers means that the router is able to accept number matched incoming calls In addition MSN service should be supported by the local ISDN network provider ISDN Port Country Code D Channel Mode Own Number Blocked MSN Numbers for the router MSN Numbers for the Router Click Enable to open the ISDN port and Disable to close it For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code It allows you to configure ISDN layer2 protocol as Point to Point Configure ISDN port to use static TEI Terminal Endpoint Identifier Point to Multipoint Configure ISDN port to use Dynamic TEI Enter your ISDN number that you got from ISDN service provider To have such number you have offer your request from ISDN service provider first Every outgoing call will carry the number to the receiver Enter the specified MSN number into the fields to prevent the router from dialing the specific MSN number MSN Numbers mean that the router is able to accept only number matched incoming calls In addition local ISDN network provider should support MSN services The router provides ten fields for MSN numbers Note that MSN service must be acquired from yo
98. R l se eR To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Filter Rule Active Comment Move Up Down Next Filter Set VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Df h kf k bf Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UF Next Filter Set Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Enable or disable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets 109 110 To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter
99. SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 5 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Prefer Codec Extension Number E mail Address Voice Mail Password MWI Message Waiting Indicator VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The
100. Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 2 E 4 J 6 l 8 a 10 lt lt 110 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection 98 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocal WAR IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Active Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and
101. TIFICATE Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate 509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS O Draytek OU RD Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Request HIIBnTCCAQYC AGAWETELMNAKGALIUEBHMCVFexC za BQNVE AgGTAKhTMRAWDGYD OOK EvdEcmF 5dGVr Mos wCOYDVOOLEwISRDELMCAGCS GS Ib3s DORI aRYTesVwceGoydEBk cmF SdGVr Live TCRnz anbokqhkiGo wOBAGEF AAOB OAwgYkCGYEAyZELVTVEytix OTS 25 20dw l Re ltvlHnivwm MFCOyox ZEwNEG4647dGY1L3S avITduHHoO0240Mlx026 maSVORt 7 7HbNOd nsspixkroFgkenkbNLdaghiooc ls YN smGb4N Pho4vVNolva dKiysPip s 2020WsCddxh 4223 Ysdms60C AvE LAAN AOGCS GS Ihs DOEBBOUAALIGE AGNESOT 1Y445sqkwitninIvdadF LDOdweool Llizkn ovdhed jvalScCgiqzJocKabo nacBqEc lWochKeEsSOdyDc bmt IE Fk i04SSeuY fi nxswkveP ons LIMIGNe vosvrTYu Ss0y7yIJGBHHWESKEWh LRAZLOxVHI DONE L6ceTlyhed4zssridy 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer flsUSTCh vigar Subject femailAddress pressi draytek comi C TWO Draytek a AU REALNE ONS draytek com Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 59 4 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B D User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI Gp User requests a certificate issued by CA Serv
102. Type Class 1 Class 2 i Edit Class 3 i After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint eee TREE Empty 146 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Check this box to invoke these settings Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_ 168_1_1l doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subne
103. VC Channel 3 WAN for Router borne Application Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings Encapsulation PPPoE PPPod Client ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username f Password f PPP Authentication M Always On Idle Timeout second s IP Address From ISP Fixed IP O Yes No Dynamic IFP Fixed IP Address fF UBR MPOA RFC1483 7684 Obtain an IP address automatically a Required for some ISPs Router Name Domain Name Specify an IP address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets Such information will be provided by ISP Please contact with your ISP for detailed information 82 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Multi PVCs Multi P Cs General ATK QoS Port based Bridge Channel Qos Type PCR SCR MHBS Note 1 5et 0 means default value 2 PCRimax ADSL Up Speed 53765 OK Clear Cancel QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the information that your ISP provides Oos Type PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate The default setting is 0 SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate The value of SCR must be smaller than PCR MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size The range of the value is 10 to 50 Port based Bridge General page lets you set the first PVC As to set the second PVC line please click the Port based B
104. WAN connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to WAN2 port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the telephone sets with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 5 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 2 Land line jack POTS Analog Phone 3 O Cable DSL Modem Power Adapter i or Media Converter za F VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Caution Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the telephone wall jack Such connection might damage your router 1 4 ISDN Phone Adapter Installation ISDN1 2 port is configurable as NT or TE mode When the user configures ISDN port as NT mode in IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings the orange LED will light on to indicate ISDN NT is selected And by using ISDN phone adapters
105. WAN will be activated when WAN2 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 1 4 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different physical mode for WANI and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN Internet Access Internet Access Index p pela Config Information Channelii YPI O CI 33 Protocol PPPoE LLC SNAP WANT a Modulation Multimode Dynamic IP IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway WAN Ethernet IP 172 16 2 4 Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet
106. Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel if its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will be 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 12 IP PBX IP PBX IP Private Branch eXchange is a private telephone network used within an enterprise Users of the PBX can share a certain number of outside lines for making telephone calls external to the PBX IP PBX integrates the benefits of VoIP and transfers the message from IP phone into the data that can be accepted by traditional PBX through IP network It is a new platform that enterprises can use data network to deliver voice Additionally to move the IP phone set s users just need to plug into another network connector Such thing simplifies the procedure of moving increasing changing and deleting phone settings also it can join with other system such as CALL center to be a multi
107. a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use static or dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet select Static or Dynamic IP mode The following web page will appear WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Router Name Dial Backup Mode Keep WAN Connection WAN IP Network Settings _WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Domain Mame o Required for same ISPs Cl Enable PING to keep alive Specify an IP address PING to the IP f e IP Address 172 16 3 229 PING Interval 0 minutegs Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway IP Address 172 16 3 4 WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Default MAC Address Ping IP tt Cd Specify a MAC Address TTL RIP Protocol CO Enable RIP Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection MAC Address loo Eo e ljos JE E2 DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address l Secondary IP Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Ba
108. able Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IF Address 192 165 1 2 Network Interface LAM 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 93 94 LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IF Address 192 165 1 3 Network Interface Cancel i 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Eey connected 5 static E RIF default private i 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 2 LAM D 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 18 directly connected LAN a 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration P1 P2 P3 P4 LANO YLANI VLAN YLANG To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example
109. address meea cee Subnet Mask Security Method Medium AH Authority Method C Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 47 server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH eG YPN Server IPIHOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 11 User Mame draytek_user1 Type of YPN PPTP LET IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 4 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Manage
110. address of the time server Select the time zone where the router is located Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server 231 232 5 14 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup O Allow management from the Internet User Define Ports Default Ports C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server C SSH Server Disable PING fram the Internet Access List Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Part Default 804 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 213 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup List IP Subnet Mask C Enable SNMP Agent Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Notification Host IP fe Trap Timeout seconds Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For
111. adio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IPPMAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there 1s one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If n
112. agement You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Index IP Address Refresh Seconds 10 Page Refresh TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Mote 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Pefresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC acce
113. allows users to switch the function of ISDN1 ISDN2 port between TE or SO mode Please use the drop down list to choose the one you want fa ISDNI TE SONI TE 3 SDM1 30 3 ISDN2 TE M ISDN2 TE ISDN2 S0 RTP Choose ISDN TE and click the number link for that port you will see the following page IP PBX gt gt PBX System ISDN TE Call Feature C Session Timer be ignored C CLIR hide caller ID Session Timer DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Prefer Codec 216 C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LILI LIL Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will Codecs Prefer Codec i 294 B kbps LJ Single Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detector Extension Number 904 E mail Address fs Yoice mail Password fs rT I Notify User who Subscribed Force Notify User Expiry Time Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 5 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of
114. ame subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of this guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type default values both username and password are Null on the window for the first time accessing and click OK for next screen Connect to 192 168 1 1 Login to the Router Web Configurator User name f Password Remember my password 3 Now the Main Screen will pop up VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 13 14 Vigor PPBX 2820 Dray Tek www draytek com System Status E Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2820 PBX Firmware Version 3 5 0_RC7 Build Date Time Jan 16 2009 17 11 39 ADSL Firmware Version 211801_A Annex A LAN WAN 1 MAC Address O0 S0 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection PPPoE DHCP Server Yes IP Address DNS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway Profile Link Status Connected SIP 1 MAC Address 00 S0 7F 00 00 02 System Maintenance Connection DHCP Client IP Address 192 168 5 21 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 S0 7f 00 00 00 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID default ten et Note The home page will cha
115. and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog E http f 197 163 1 1 WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Applications Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA mode The following web page will appear VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAR 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoOA RFC14863 7684 O Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DSL Modem Settings Multi P C channel Channel 2
116. and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode None Packet Trigger Always On Note This feature is available for ISDN 2 port only None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP add
117. andwidth The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This link will be seen only if you click OK in WANI WAN2 General Setup web page and click Setup again for WAN1 WAN2 on the Bandwidth 145 Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 Online Statistics Refresh Interval E seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec il OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0 3 OUT 25 o 4 OUT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others 0 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class ena Index Status Bandwidth Directon m Others Bandwidth Control 1 WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 2595 25 2596 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Service
118. aracter sets default GB2312 and BIGS Detault 564312 BIGGS Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS 5 13 2 FTP User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 221 222 USB Application gt gt FTP User Management FTP User Management Index Username m tee ee ee e Setto Factory Default Home Folder Index Username Home Folder E E p IS l l Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt gt FTP User Management Profile Index 1 FTF User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access Rule File Directory Enable Disable carrie temp_storag Read O write Delete List create Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 m 1G DY and space FTP User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Enable Click this button to activate this profile account Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP
119. atically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 9 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 2 VPN tunnels and provides up to 32 profiles simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAWN Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status uf TTT H 17 TTT K a cca 5 18 TTT a 3 TTT w 19 TTT K 4 777 20 TPT K 5 Pee i 21 TTT H 6 cca Me 22 TTT a 7 TTT H 23 TTT K 8 TTT i 24 rie 5 9 TTT Me 25 TTT K 10 T77 26 TFT x 1i TTT Xs 2T TTT a 12 PT H 28 rca K B TTT w 29 TTT K 14 TTT Me 30 TTT K 15 T77 x 31 TIT H 16 T77 32 TFT n Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit ea
120. cOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter It the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear ao i i 246 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 8A 8 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypl Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcmp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms 6 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AC 192 168 1 1 ping statistics R packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip mingaygemax B 6o7 A Y23 A 755 ms Vigoria draytekd J 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click WAN gt gt Internet Access and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click WANI or WAN2 link to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Display Physical i Index anes Mode Config Information Channel 1 YPI 0 CI 33 Protocol PPPoE LLOA SNAP wa a Modulation Multimode Dynamic IP WAN See IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 25
121. ceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering
122. ch profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 167 168 VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name 2 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s YPN Connection Through WANT First J C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Profile Name Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet VPN Connection Through PING to the IP Link Type 64k bps Username tre Password PPP Authentication PAP CHAP v YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature x 509 Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup db Ld Callback Function CBCP C Require Remote to Callback C Provide ISDN Number to Remote
123. choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up Type any one of the MAC address of the binded PCs Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded Pes can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address MAC Address od We od Result Send command to client done VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access WFH and Remote Access 5 9 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Acc
124. cific Limitation starte end Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup i i Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored 140 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Remove Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web
125. ckup Mode Mone Mone Packet Trigger Always On Note This feature is available for ISDN 2 port only None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Detection Keep WAN Connection RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there 1s no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval
126. cters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN dial in user The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Specify the callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Check to enable callback budget control By default the callback function has a time restriction Once the callback budget has been exhausted the callback mechanism will be disabled autom
127. ction Barring Type Specific URIZURL Interface Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Enable Call Direction Barring Type Specific Number Specific URI URL Interface VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide IT ka Specific URVURL Click this to enable this entry Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls IN OWT IN amp QUT Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number It will bring out different setting options specitic URIURL Specific URVURL Specific Number This field will be changed based on the type you selected for barring Type Please type numbers or URI URL All means all the phone calls including ISDN1 2 amp SIP will be blocked with such mechanism 195 ISDN1 2 means only ISDN phone call will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 5 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface specified in the following window Such controlling also can be do
128. curity reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters The callback function provides a callback service as a part of PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the 171 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will be provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor router to send the ISDN number to the remote router Username vee Password YJ Compression on off L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISON Number or Peer YPN Server IP orPeer ID 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask lore Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel
129. d s Secondary ISP Setup ISP Mame Dial Number Username 64005 55a hinet net IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Common Settings Enable Dual ISPs Function Check to enable the Dual ISPs function Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 5 12 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP can configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on VigorIPPBX
130. did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 151 In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 5 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a speci
131. dule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd 2000 Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh men Action Idle Timeout How Often Once Weekdays O Sun Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Mon ofj o xes ai l al Force On oo minute si max 255 0 for default Tue Wed Thu Fri J Sat Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other tim
132. e Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Web Feature VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action a55 Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform F http 192 168 1 1 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Object Group Edit Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None vi or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None i or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Key
133. e Detector _ _ Extension 901 Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored C CLIR thide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Hotline Session Timer Number Send a test e mail Seca aa ti tCidzC Password IVT Notify User who Subscribed Force Notify User Expiry Time se00 sec Outgoing Call Use Wsi Osie Osia sip sips sipe C ISON1 TE ISDN2 TE Answer Mode No answer after Doo sec then keep Ring ka Busy then Oo Nothing k Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically DND Do Not Disturb Mode Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 5 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check t
134. e dacseaessasteaetaees 187 Dz IS OGUN eera a a N a 190 Bl sO Nees iee a a ste coeenoseeseusbacasaneeanas 193 BAZ AP OY SC zaa a aR 197 Me AS sage aa asceascteneas te cae aa ce seubacasanse tees 219 91S WSR AD PICANONS yn a a a EO 221 Sloe he Genera SENNO S iane a beedantetiaiainend anlenaaiecaiee via 221 Ble FTP USS Manage meN erriren eanentalewiedsacniawnecneaaule 221 513S USB DIS eS an A 223 SAA System Mantenan Enesa a E T T 224 AMY SUSI OAS n ccs Satta see acetal dane naa catialeecasticlani nc nada tetensdeee bodueatcd 224 BAe TR OOo i a dad gnindetasacetaaedesagttasonandevesseeeeaeaceteassdeaets 225 5 14 3 Administrator PASSWOMK cccccccseeeeecseeeeecseseeecaeeeeeneaeeeesaaeeesseeeeseaueeessaeeessanseessaags 226 5 14 4 Configuration Backup cccececccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeesseseceeeeeseaeaseeeeeeessssaaaaeses 227 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert ccccccccsssssseececceeeesseeceeecceeeeusseeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeecseaaageeeeeesssseaasseeess 229 5 14 6 Time and Date cit sissetesvisuandbeasadiedsasdnes snacael vevcecdsiesastansstadauteseisuastideaoasnedvattoaenscacuautiuccales 231 wA ManAG eMe M eee E E A E A E 232 514 9 REDOOCSY STEM ianea a a 233 04 9 ie Wate UDI ade aaa a A 234 Del DIAgNOSlCS mior eae a a ee aca 235 SOs Didot ggo oraaa aa a a a a aa 235 DIS 2 ROUNO TaD Easra a a a ee 236 PISS ARP aCe TADE nnan a a medica hats iden ete 236 5S A DHCP TIDE een a a a a 237 DAIS S NWA FS OSSIONS Table naene aa a
135. e filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running in w M e Do you want to upgrade firmware 7 Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade AN TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software ta upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 4 234 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 15 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 5 15 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g ISDN PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 F 00 00 00 00 OE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 30 89 C9 40 00 7F 06 80 01 CO 480104 4136 EF 1406 44 O7 47 33 20 94 Di 00 00 00 fO O2 FF FF BY 45 00 00 02 04 05 E4 01 01 04 02 BE YC 80 CO OF 48 80 58 30 09 80 19 84 68 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Fo
136. e lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account P Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test In the DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active i WANI First gt w 2 WANI First H 3 WAMI First w Set to Factory Default Clear al
137. e or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Ja Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinZP Step 0 This step will add the FrohibitIpSerc registry value to computer in order to configure a L2TP IPSec connection using 4 pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP SEL VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To TEN VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 1235 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 Password Type of VPN CL2TR CO L2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Folicy Sethng My IP 172 16 5 100 ka Type oF IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec C Specify an IP
138. e router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector Type for specifying an extension number for such phone set Type an e mail address to receive media voice file sent by incoming calls Type a password here When the user want to listen the voice mail he she muse use such password to open it Check this box and the IP PBX will notify the user that there are voice mails in the IP phone Notify User who Subscribed The user needs to send out SUBSCRIBE message first When IPPBX detects new voice message from some extension number or the condition of the voice message is changed it will transfer NOTIFY message to the users within the valid time subscribed Force Notify User The user does not send out SUBSCRIBE 209 210 Outgoing Call Use Answer Mode message automatically The IPPBX will deliver NOTIFY message to the users if there is a new message or the user registers on IPPBX again There are six outside lines and one ISDN line for you to specify for such extension Please check the one s you want Specify the way to process incoming phone calls No answer after When the incoming phone call is not picked up it will be processed by keeping forwarding to certain extension or group Please specify the waiting time and determine the way you want to process Busy then When this extensio
139. e the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office ou a E Hour A f A h Force On T i sj i 7 7 sj Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm 1 Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 153 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week 3 Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 5 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1812 Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP
140. eaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Authentication PIN Code Check for ISDN to VoIP Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial ISDN to VoIP call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial VoIP to ISDN call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine DTMP DTMF mode There are four selections provided here InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF mode
141. eave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide DNS Server Configuration VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands f
142. ed to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows 1 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run 2 Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP The DOS command dialog will appear ce Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bhytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ 3 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter It the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear 4 Ifthe line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal Double click on the current used Ma
143. eececcceseseecceeesecececeeaeeceeeeseaseeeesseaaeeeeesseaeeeessaas 53 4 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serv f 0ccccesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 55 4 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server c ccceceeeeeeeetetteees 60 iv VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Bel VAIN xz eienaar aae seSanwiaetesianetedemdtedis sens seSanwaaebententedayeiaaeddiawaseten a A 63 5 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N twork ccccccsseeecessseeesseseeeceeueeecseeseessseeessaaees 63 5 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem cccccccecesecceceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeess 64 Sko General oe UDan ammeter tern ee Im se cr eee eee ee 64 SAA Merne ACCESS ona a n N AN ars 67 DROM FP V OS irnn E EON ea cee eee 80 92126 LOJ Balance Foll Vrena aa a a a N eee 84 PZLA N oeae at ss ase a i 87 5 271 BASICS O LAN Seoras E e a a aa 87 922 2 General SOLU backs a EEEN E A 89 EZ 9 oC ROUE aena a a a a E 92 BZ AVAN ocne a aa tela el els E AA 95 52 SBI IPO MAO ar E E a E 96 5 oA NAT cee ee ee eee eee eee 97 531 POM PeCINCGH Olcaapts bes coaaee wae ttc a a a fsa aathes a aN 97 BIN TOS litpacte resentation taiastacabacb a tticosasehasaeseee a a eaecaeaee 100 Se oO 6 ald ac ONS orea tees eRe anv ee Oe ee Pe Ce ce nee 103 Ae FPONTE cowie nss set acenciae ee setatoree ade sonet 105 5 44 BASICS 0r Firewall isch nied reas suctvinaiaieeiihcc ened edevbne e nase dain Ata 105 SA2 GENEL
144. eeeeeeseeeeeeeesssaeeeeeeeeeeeaas 28 3 5 The Integration with PSTN telephony ccccccccceseseeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeseeaeeeeessaaaeeeseaas 29 3 6 The Added ISDN Teleplnony cccccssseeccccceesseceeeceeeeeeceaaseceeeseeaaeeeesseuaeeeeessaaeeseeesegeeeeeeaas 30 3 7 he Integrated ISDN IINE ernie a rE EE EE AOR 31 3 8 The 4 B Channels of Two ISDN Lines cc cecccccccseeeeeeeceeeeeececeeeeeceesceeaseeeeesseaeeesseuageeeesenas 32 3 9 The Integration of ISDN PBX with One ISDN Line cee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeas 33 3 10 The Deployment of ISDN PBX and PSTN Network ccccccccseeeeeecsseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeas 34 3 11 The Integration of ISDN Telephony and PSTN Network cccccssseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeens 35 3 12 The Integration of ISDN Telephony PSTN Network and VoIP Connection 008 36 Chapter 4 Other Applications ccccccesseeesseecesseeeesseseesseseeseesoeseesoeseesonseesenseeseneess 37 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 0 37 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 44 A3 QOo SeUMING Xx AIMS sxc Pies de oad sete cannes ae ede ed ese eae 48 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT ccsesssesssssssssssssssssssseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 52 4 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router cccccsss
145. em Initial String APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password 9 1 5 Multi PVCs Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional Index 1 15 Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work This router allows you to create multi PVCs for different data transferring for using Simply go to Internet Access and select Multi PVC Setup page 80 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide General The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first PVC line that will be used as multi PVCs WAN gt gt Multi PVCs hlulti P Cs General Channel 1 2 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 WA
146. end e mail to support draytek com VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 251
147. ends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involve
148. epartment To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 3 http 192 168 1 1 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you 111 112 Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined wt User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port whe
149. eplaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available 5 12 3 1 Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed 194 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide IP PBX gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction Barring Type e e Se i ee i i iS i ay A P wr w Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Setto Factory Default Barring Number URL URI Schedule Interface Status i EF Ea Ea Eas Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page IP PBX gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Dire
150. eptionist waits for caller input 6 Ring Receptionist Click Next The second page is configured for phone calls in non office hours VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 201 IP PBX gt PBX System Auto Attendant Wizard Non Office Hours Key Action i 0 Ring Receptionist 1 mn m Z uw gn mm 3 a Prompt 7 2 Ring Receptionist Auto Attendant answers the 3 Ring Receptionist cal plays non Do d aee au 4 Ring Receptionist m greeting Attendant ianeraat E 5 Ring Receptionist walts H 6 Ring Receptionist inpu 7 Ring Receptionist 6 Ring Receptionist 9 Ring Receptionist Ring Receptionist Only the extension number selected here will ring Plays Prompt Audio file will be played automatically 2 9 Drop down menu contains Ring Receptionist Plays Prompt Ring Hunt Group Drop down menu 2 contains extension name ex Tom Mike or Prompt 1 Prompt 10 audio files or Group Name ex Sales RD2 It will be changed according to drop down menu L Finally the following window will appear IP PBX gt gt PBX System Auto Attendant Wizard Record Prompts Please enter and to X s access IVR and auto attendant message menu You can record the office hours and non office hour greetings or other prompts Prompt 5 is used as office hours greeting Prompt 6 is used as non office hours greeting Prompt 7 is used as specific
151. er A and Saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list zs Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO SEO WA ROBEY IA KAW ar Q1 O HAO Axe ka Ome O 2a 84 D amp http 4 172 16 2 179 certsrv msn v OHS AMAT ANEA X HBREAS G19 Lc Hotmail Qh Mesenger Q RAI MSN lt BE ia Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eesccossesosesscccssesecoscesssocsesecoesesocsesososscseseesssossesssococcesoesceessesesosscscsocsssessosesoesossseeseesssescsosssocsossssossosesossesssesssosssesssessesesesssesssssssa O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate 60 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file e Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO CHO MAC AREA IAM KAW ay Q AO pOr ka Qu O 22 SE B BALD http 172 16 2 179 certsrvice
152. er Profile We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Content Filter Profile Table Profile foe i Name Web Content Filter Setup Select a server Test a site to veri global sho
153. er cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 5 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 97 is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection
154. es Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resource has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW ISDN gt gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry Dial Delay Interval PPP MP Dial OQut Setup Basic Setup Link Type PPP Authentication TCP Header Compression Idle Timeout Call Control Setup VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide boo times Remote Activation fs O second s Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Dialup BOD v High Water Mark 000 cps PAP or CHAP High Water Time a0 second s Low Water Mark s000 cps 180 second s Low Water Time a0 second s Dial Retry It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination 1s outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router Dial Delay Interval It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is O second 185 186 Basic Setup Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Remote Activation It can help users who would like to access the server which is off the Internet in the head office To remotely make the server to be available on the Internet 1 e make the router in the head office activating its Internet access either by dialing up or starting broadband connection users can make a
155. es the temporary port of the router used for NAT VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 237 Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 5 15 6 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified w tP Address 0 Ping to Host IP Host f IP Gateway 1 Result Gateway 2 Clear DNS Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping through Unspecified Unspecified WARNT WAN Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 15 7 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Man
156. ess Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPM Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Enable ISON Dial In Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings The Vigor router will not accept the ISDN dial in connection if the box of Enable ISDN Dial in is not checked 5 9 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 159 VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP BAP or CHAP Y When DHCP Disable set Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 cra Encryption Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username fe Password f Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in Authentication PAP Only users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will MPPE Optional MPPE be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If
157. et Explorer amka IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode IKE phase 1 proposal IKE phase 2 proposal IKE phase 1 key lifetime IKE phase 2 key lifetime Perfect Forward Secret Local ID Callback Function VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Main mode Aggressive mode 900 86400 600 86400 Disable Enable Po IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For se
158. et the router by software or hardware g Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null 250 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset 1 pu Waly d eK o k ne Factory Reset s a ikke s ISDN1 ISDN2 Phone After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to s
159. etailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI 2 Status Line Name Mode Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate ISDN Status Channel Active Conn TX Pkts TX Rate Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Displays the active connection status for each channel Displays the total transmitted packets at the ISDN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the ISDN interface VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide RX Pkts Displays the total number of received packets at the ISDN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the ISDN interface U
160. ey do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use
161. fic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN2 are activated VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Dest Dest Index Enable Protocol WAN ae phen goed pe y Port Port ie eae Start End 1 oo Down 2 0 UP Down 3 Oo UP Down a UP Down 5 oo UP Down a UP Down 1 a UP Down 2 oo UP Down 2 E UP Down w UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port
162. ficate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 lew Delete Trusted CaA 2 lew Delete Trusted CAa 3 ley Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file es oc Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information S hitp 192 168 1 1 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Issuer Subject Subject Alternative Name Valid Fram Valid To VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption pas
163. fied time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1 w 9 X 2 w 10 3 w TL d w X 5 w 13 X 6 w 14 X w 15 X 8 w Status v Active s Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Enable Sche
164. field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Network Settings VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Dial Backup Mode Mone Note This feature is available for ISDN 2 port only None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your IS
165. functional communication platform Moreover it can save large cost in communication for the enterprise This menu can assist users to configure most of settings in IP PBX Below shows menu items for IP PBX 5 12 1 Extension The system allows you to set 50 extension numbers Please open IP PBX gt gt Extension to get the following pages IP PBX gt gt Extension Internal Phone Extension Index Ext Name Email Address Outgoing Call Status il SIP1 x 2 SIP1 x A aw SIP1 x 4 a SIP1 x 5 NE SIP1 x 6 SIP1 7 A SIP1 7 8 SIP1 x 9 SIP1 x 10 SIP1 x lt lt 110 1120 2130 3140 41 50 gt gt Next gt gt There are ten groups of extension numbers that you can configure Please click any number under Index to set detailed configuration VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 187 IP PBX gt gt Extension Profile Internal Phone Extension Index 1 Internal Phone Extension Active O Enable Disable Extension Mumber User Name CO Authentication Password E mail Address voice mail Password ha I Notify User who Subscribed Outgoing Call Use Send a test e mail itl Force Notify User SIP1 O stipe O sips C sipt Cisips Cisie C ISON1 TE LJISDN2 TE Answer Mode No answer after sec then Keep Ring w Busy then Do Nothing Mot on line Do Nothing Internal Phone Extension Act
166. g the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router 92 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Internet Set Router C Static Route 192 16 Router p iter B 192 158 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 En
167. gement Management Setup Management Access Control O Allow management from the Internet FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List Subnet Mask 5 3 2 DMZ Host Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP fF Trap Community Notification Host IP fF Trap Timeout seconds As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Internet 100 Destined to 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host
168. ges from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu County Taiwan 303 Product VigorIPPBX 2820 DrayTek Corp declares that VigorIPPBX 2820 of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
169. gs Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AA General Broadband Network Tasks z H hinet E Create a new connection 5 Disconnected f Setup a home or small mi WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Status Connected _ Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also 4 test speed 100 0 Mbps i Network Troubleshooter ES Disconnected x f b DrayTek ISDN PPP Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway as J G Control Panel TE Ip Broadband Connection on a s Router W My Network Places aN Packets K My Documents ZF Sent 404 Tad Received 1 115 BEE My Computer 3 CR __LAN or High Speed Internet Details a Local 4rea Connection Enabled a k Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as
170. h profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB diskette into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration 5 13 3 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the FTP users who accessing into FTP server USB diskette via the Vigor router USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh FTP User Connected Refresh Index Username IP Address Ja m wm w M Mote If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB diskette connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB diskette Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB diskette Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 223 Once the USB diskette has been found the connection status wil
171. hared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback budget By default the callback function has 173 My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask More RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel limitation of callback period Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be
172. hat Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 192 166 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Clear Cancel 43 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set E EE PAP or CHAP v i Authentication Start IP Address 1952 166 1 200 rts vind MPPE
173. his box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Prefer Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detector Extension Number E mail Address Voice Mail Password MWI Message Waiting Indicator VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 11A B4kbps 3 7114 64K bps G F 29A 6 ok bps 3 725 b 4kbps G f2h 32 G2kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not th
174. ically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WAN I only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F http 192 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them PPPoE for WAN2 To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPPoE mode The following web page will appear
175. ication mode VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard Set PPPoE PPPoA WAR 1 User Name Password Confirm Password o4005 75h hinet net User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type VPI WOT Protocal Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS WAN 1 ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 PPPoE LLE Mo Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 17 2 2 2 1483 Bridged IP Click 1483 Bridged IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAR 1 Protocol Encapsulation 14563 Bridged IP LLC ka Fixed IP Oves WNof Dynamic IF IF Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS 165 95 1 1 lil Second ONS Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WEAK L Physical Mode ADSL Ph
176. ide Minne Up Mave Diwan Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Satu Conmmnants fault Call Filter Hefal Data Fittar Dow Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule UF Down UP UP Diaw UE Di UE LEET Yexk Filler Sab Filter Bet 1 Rule 1 Dov El Check to enable the Fiter Ault Cermmerts Indowf 1 15 in Schedule Setup Bure ebear ceume IP Destiriatean IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set ALP SP Filion i Co b Weh Conten Fihgs Advance Siring Hrt fy B L ay t ik Bisck Maliua LSH gt WWAN Any Ary TCAYUOP Part fram 1I7 1 Dont Care w Acton Profile Bleck Immediately H te un daiiraj Sok qo Factor Defaid Comments Syslog 115 116 5 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout fio sec Threshold isa packets sec Timeout io sec C Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold so packets sec C Enable Port Scan detection Threshold Em packets sec C Block IP options C Block Land CO Block Smurf C Block trace route L Block SYN f
177. ild Date Time ADSL Firmware Version LAN MAC Address 1 IP Address 1 Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway SIP Trunk Index Profile Status 5 14 2 TR 069 Status WAR 1 Disconnected OO S0 F 0O0 o00 01 Link Status MAC Address Connection PPPoE IP Address Default Gateway eee WAN 2 Link Status Connected MAC Address OO S50 7F O0 00 02 Connection DHEF Client IP Address 1927 168 5 21 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 50 7f 00 00 00 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID default Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display the ADSL firmware version Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display current connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display current status for SIP profiles This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to ma
178. ilter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information SysLog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the log function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on Draytek Syslog window Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here e hitp 192 168_ 1 l docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage _ANSI 1253 Greek Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 113 114 19216511 A Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the
179. io file you have to upload it to flash memory of the VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 203 router after finishing firmware update Click this Browse button to browse and choose other audio files Restore Click this button to save the file to the router Next time the audio file will be played in IP PBX system Upload prompts to your router For the first time to use IP PBX please upload system prompts to router Please follow the steps below to upload System Prompt to your router l Please use DOS BOX FTP client Windows built in FTP chent utility to login MARS FTP server Press Enter to pass authentication Type put v2820_sysprompt ivr Wait for a while The message of 226 System prompts file has been uploaded successfully will appear Type put v2820_ 729_sysprompt ivr Wait for a while The message of 226 System prompts G7 729 file has been uploaded successfully will appear Type quit to close FTP client 221 Goodbye Router will be reboot now will appear and the router will reboot Please follow the steps below to upload G 729 user Prompts to your router i Please use DOS BOX FTP client Windows built in FTP client utility to login MARS FTP server Press Enter to pass authentication Type put v2820_ 729_userprompt ivr Wait for a while The message of 226 user prompts G 729 file has been uploaded successfully will appear Type quit to close FTP client 221 Goodbye Router will be reboot now will
180. irection here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel Be aware that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled You have to disable one WAN interface WAN 1 or WAN 2 on WAN gt gt General Setup for enabling such setting VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 9 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds YPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol ey irtual Tx T Rate Rx Rx Rate idl type ae TIE EE Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps Bre MMERKEXS Data is encrypted sKK Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status 175 5 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA
181. is field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 5 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addre In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts VigorIPP
182. itter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor c
183. ity Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 5 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity xo09 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status L 777 s 17 27 2 277 x 18 777 x 3 777 s 19 T77 s 4 277 20 777 s 5 277 x 21 777 s 6 277 x 22 777 x i 777 s 23 777 s 8 777 s 24 777 s 9 DRT Se 25 riir s 10 277 x 26 777 x 1 777 s 27 777 s 12 777 s 28 777 s 13 277 x 29 777 x 14 277 x 30 277 x 15 777 s 31 777 s 16 777 s 32 777 s Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields 162 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec
184. ive Extension Number User Name Authentication Password E mail Address Voice Mail Password MWI Message Waiting Indicator 188 Click Enable to invoke such profile Type the number of extension for such index Type a name for the IP PBX to execute authentication When an IP phone connects to network IP PBX will use such name for authentication Check this box to make the IP PBX executing authentication while the number is dialed Type a number for the IP PBX to execute authentication When an IP phone connects to network IP PBX will use such password for authentication Type an e mail address to receive media voice file sent by incoming calls Send a test e mail Click this button to send a test e mail to the mail box you typed here Type a password here When the user want to listen the voice mail he she muse use such password to open it There are two types of MWI for users to choose Please click the one according to the real application Notify User who Subscribed The user needs to send out SUBSCRIBE message first When IPPBX detects new voice message from some extension number or the condition of the voice message is changed it will transfer NOTIFY message to the users within the valid time subscribed Force Notify User The user does not send out SUBSCRIBE message automatically The IPPBX will deliver NOTIFY VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Outgoing Call Use Answer Mode
185. k this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the modem detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following l 2 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fm Router Tools 2 5 1 G About Router Tools a Firmware Uperade Utility i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide it DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls LAN Status TX Packets 1693 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status Vigorseries RX Packets 1470 Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets 0 WAN IP Fixed RX Packets TX Rate 0 RX Rate fae Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers IP Address 192 168 1 1 Mask 255 255 2 MAC Li
186. ket to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 9 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status tle 777 6 277 2 TT p E TT 7 3 eT f a eT 7 4 PT T 9 eT T a PT p 10 eT T Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up Static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 3S static R RIP default private Aj 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 4 Wan2 a C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 is directly connected Wan2 Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assumin
187. l display Disk Connected and the web page will be shown as follows USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Disk Capacity 1967 MB Free Capacity 1610 MB Refresh FTP User Connected Refresh Index Username IP Address ile Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk Is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to It 5 14 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance system Maintenance 5 14 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation 224 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide system Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time ADSL Firmware Version LA MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask Vigorz320 PBX 3 5 0 RCI Jan 16 2009 17 11 39 211301 A Annex A OO S0 F 00 00 00 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Wes DAS 172 16 3 18 SIP Trunk Profile SIP 1 Index moe oo M e l l l Model Name Firmware Version Bu
188. l profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN Interface Domain Name Active View Log Force Update Display current WAN interface used for accessing Internet Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password fest Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O Wildcards J Backup Mx Mail Extender Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password WAMI First dyndns org pw dyndns org kal chroniog853 ondns ino max 23 characters max 23 characters TTT Check this box to enable the current account If you
189. lable for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name L SIP 2 RTP 3 5 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name ebek bepEEeprmn e eee Nir P gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 123 Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 5 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Name FREEBREBE Pre a a a ad j j B e e e e e e e e e e l et
190. le Setup WAN IP Network Settings iz Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 10 0 0 150 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 2 Check if PPTP Server Username Password and WAN IP address are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 249 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2820 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2820 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Fi DrayTek Syslog Controls 192 168 1 1 g WAN Status wa _ gt 7 5 Getway IP Static TX Packets RX Rate i DrayTek Vigor2820 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Static RX Packets Fire Wall Loz YPN Log User Access
191. le configured here as the standard for the host s to follow VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profle Name o Check for Disallow Adwanced Management YahooIM AIMf lt 5 95 Activity Application Login Message File Transfer Game Video Voice Conference Other Activities Ooooooooos OHoOooooooos IM Application VoIP O AIM Oog CliChat Cl Jabber GoogleTalk Cl GoogleChat Cl Fire C GaduGadu L Paltalk Gnext Meetro CIFOCO PP365 Cl AresChat Cl Skype CI SIP Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM CO Java ICO Flash qoowy IMhaha qetMessenger O weblM URLs Oo e oe ay i IMU nitive Wablet mabber MSN GO KoollM Messenger FX MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 129 5 5 9 P2P Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for peer to peer application These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Mame 1 1T 2 18 3 13 4 20 J 21 b 22 i 23 amp 24 J3 23 10 26 Ti T 12
192. lease select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 15 Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 ve o VCI 33 Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLC SNAP v Fixed IP Oves No Dynamic IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second DNS PPPoE LLC SNAP te PPPoE LLC SNAP PPPoE VC MUM PPPoA LLCISNAP PPPoA VC MUM 1463 Bridged IP LLC 1463 Routed IP LLC 1403 Bridged IP VC Mux 1403 Routed IP vC hux IPoA In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPPoA 1483 Bridged IP or 1483 Routed IP The router supports the DSL WAN interface for Internet access 2 2 1 PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authent
193. lid Tao Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 61 62 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Reference Advanced Web Configuration After finished basic configuration of the router you can access Internet with ease For the people who want to adjust more setting for suiting his her request please refer to this chapter for getting detailed information about the advanced configuration of this router As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 4 5 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 5 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since th
194. ll Model zip smart VPN Client 1808 2006 3 2 6 MS Windows All Model zip LPR a TOBS2005 1 0 MS Windows For Print Function zip VTA 15 09 2005 2 8 Windows 2000F For ISOM Model zip DialPian 26 01 2006 2 5 lite MS Windows For VolP Model zip Choose the one that matches with your operating system and click the corresponding link to download correct firmware zip file Next decompress the zip file Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie setup DrayTek Router Tools 3 5 1 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 3 5 1 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools S 5 1 on pour computer Iki recommended that you close all other applications before Continuing Click Nest to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Cancel 10 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 11 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Firmware Upgrade Utility 4 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP 5 Pork Firmware File Password 12 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 13 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings
195. ll allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside VigorIPPBX 2820 can provide up to 50 extensions setup to let all registered IP phones in LAN or remote sites around the world to have unlimited free calls through Internet Moreover VigorIPPBX 2820 is able to establish multiple networking architectures corresponding to your current desire and future needs of growing communication Its ISDN PSTN compatibility lets you move from simple VoIP solution such as IP phone and Softphone to integrate with comprehensive networking infrastructure such as ISDN and Analog phone line any time you need Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ots Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Eee Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit
196. lt 00 50 7F 54 6 23 Host Name vivian SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Si w 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 10 w DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 NIC Description NIC Information MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DNS Servers 168 95 1 1 Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 ADSL Status ee a a ee UE ee Bae 5 14 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time Protocol Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin 2007 Jun 28 Thu 5 53 42 NTP RFC 1305 v pool ntp org t Bg 30 min Current System Time Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Time Protocol Server IP Address Time Zone Automatically Update Interval Click OK to save these settings VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Click Inquire Time to get the current time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Select a time protocol Type the IP
197. m MWiSnapso0 9 TeleDanmark Desktop Tools ry config v2k2_ 232 config_1 v2k6_250_config_1 My Documents My Computer e My Hetwark Save az ppe Configuration file ka 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Oo 1 Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipment
198. m Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K j i Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 5 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Mame 1 J 2 G d i 4 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details 126 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Categories File Extensions Image Gelect AI C bmop dib Cl gif C jpeg Ojog C jeg2 Ojp2 Clear All Opet Opes Opie Ai a dlii C tiff Video Select All Casf Olavi O mov O mpe Cl mpeg C mpg C mp4 Clear All Lat Li rm Ll wmy L 3gp LJ 3gpp L 3gpp2 3g2 Audio Select All L aac L aiff C au C mp3 LJ m4a L m4p LJ ogg Clear All Ura LI ram l vox Llway wma Java Select All Llclass
199. manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1l TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOff1 and TOff2 represent the sound off IP PBX gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDN2 TE Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec 40 50 Dial tone 50 0g 00 og r5 Ringing tone OU Lo Busy tone lin it Hil it Hil Mil Congestion tone Yolume Gain DTMEF Mic Gain 1 10 DTMF Mode Speaker Gaint 1 10 Payload Type RFC2833 MISC Dial Tone Power Level Authentication PIN Code Cl Check for ISDN to YoIP Calls Cl Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone and congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone User Defined Germany Netherlands Portugal Sweden Australia Slovenia Czech Slovakia Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication 218 VigorilIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and sp
200. mber is not permitted under many real circumstances CLIP means Calling Line Identification Presentation Usually the router will send Own Number to the remote side However Own number will restrict the router displaying only one number on remote side Vigor2820 series can connect up to 6 phones at the same time Therefore if CLIP is selected the external MSN numbers that you setup will be displayed to remote side Application Example You got ISDN numbers with 5972720 5972729 from your ISP and you try to connect ISDN TE port to ISDN network Please refer to the following configuration VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 181 Open ISDN gt gt General Setup and set as the following ISDN gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blacked MSN numbers for the router Country Code ifs D Channel Mode os ISDN1 Point to Point O i Point to Multipoint r o i ISDN2 Point to Point Point to Multipoint so Own Number 5972r 26 Own Number means that the router will tell the remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call Phone CLIR CLIP a BIA Er Phone LJISDN1 S0 Oo i 527 AF 2D C Phone FJ ISON1 50 2 ener O Phone F 1S0N1 50 3 53r 2r 20 O Phone F 1S0N1 50 Index MSN numbers for the router Mapping to Phone Ports HNN H u N When remote user calls you by dialing 5972727 the router will make Phone port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 597272
201. ment gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Directon T Ea Ea Others E Control WANT Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 2556 Inactive Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction 48 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class 1 Class 3 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 ee C DiffServ MO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty E 4 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH Index Class Name Reserved _bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Class 2 Class 3 Others m C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s G
202. ment menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Directon Ea Ei o Others a h Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Gutbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup OWAaN2 Enable 1O000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN 1 2 interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class Name Reserved _ bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 lee Class 25 Class 3 2 Others 2s lee L Enable UDP Bandwid
203. n Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Sauter Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set a ae PAP or CHAP v i Authentication Start IP Address 192 1668 1 200 fr lala MPPE Optional MPPE k Mutual Authentication PAF ves No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 37 38 set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LA
204. n just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 50 2nd IP Address 192 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address Jnd Subnet DHCP Server for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below 52 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address onar A 220 135 240 207 pe z z i Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Cantigquration For WAT Usage Enable sre nean sener ist IP Address Relay Agent ISP Sanne no Subnet ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address 19
205. n number is busy you can forward the incoming phone call to other extension number or group In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off IP PBX gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone Congestion tone Yolume Gain Mic Gaing1 10 Speaker Gainf1 105 MISC Dial Tone Power Level Ring Frequency Region 350 440 U lil ll Hz Hz msec msec msec msec 50 00 75 OU 5 OU lit Hit lit lil DTMF DTMF Mode OutBand RF C2533 w Payload Type RFC2833 Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one
206. n the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the
207. nage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 225 System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server URL Username Password CPE Client O Enable Disable WRL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings 5 14 3 Administrator Password Internet Po fo bttp 17172 16 3 229 8069 cwr CRN himl poss figor o oo SS lesscncee _ _ ____ anae Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server ACS Server On PY w PC URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification This page allows you to set new password 226 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide system Mainte
208. nal 1483 Bridged IP LLC w gt Required for same SPs YPI Specify an IP address YZI m Modulation Multimode ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode None Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address WAN Connection Detection Mac Address loo Eo FF JE p Mode ARP Detect il l 4 Ping IP DNS Server IP Address Secondary IP Address fs RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router Modulation Mlultimode w ADSL annex Ml ADSC 5 992 5 ADSL2 annex Ml Multimode ISDN Dial Backup This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function Setup only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 71 WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Ps a Single ISP
209. nance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 5 14 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ee Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File W a J config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 227 228 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself my Documents a a 4 My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents R pvs cOM Lite oe Ane 3 imm
210. ne based on preconfigured schedules IP PBX gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such controlling also can be done based on preconfigured schedules IP PBX gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Indext1 15 in Schedule Setup Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls coming from IP address Such controlling also can be done based on preconfigured schedules IP PBX gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup E Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing g 4 192 168 1 1 should be blacked 196 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 12 4 PBX System This page allows you to set relational advanced settings for PBX IP PBX gt gt PBX System PBA system SIP Proxy Setting Hunt Group ail Configu Office Hours Auto Attendant Wizard Prompt Maintenance Phone Setting 5 12 4 1 SIP Proxy Setting To make the IP phone to be registered in IP PBX device successfully it is necessary for the
211. ne set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off IP PBX gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDN1 S0 Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Dial tone a50 i Fa mm m lil ili ll Ringing tone Busy tone Hit il ili Congestion tone Yolume Gain DTMF Mic Gain 1 10 DTMF Mode OutBand RFC2833 Speaker Gain 1 10 Payload Type RFC2833 MISG Dial Tone Power Level Ring Frequency Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide User Defined Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 S
212. nection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you 165 User Name Password select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP IPSec Security Method Callback Function with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required chara
213. negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP is to configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 183 184 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Select Dialing to Dual ISPs if you have more than one ISP You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISDN gt gt Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings 1 LJ Enable Dual ISPs Function 2 O Require ISP callback CBCP Primary ISP Setup ISF Name IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Pe Dial Number Username Password PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup BOD PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 secon
214. nge slightly in accordance with the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Connect to 192 168 1 1 7A Ze S Login to the Router Web Configurator User name fi VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 2 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface WAN 1 or WAN2 that you use If DSL interface is used please choose WAN1 if WAN2 interface is used please choose WAN2 Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANI ow Physical Mode Physical Type On the next page as shown below p
215. nternet L Ter IP Phone Ext 103 ippbx IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 ippbx Ext 102a ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site 26 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 3 The Integration IP Registration with SIP Server VigontPPBX 2820 F IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103 ippbx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 and remote IP based phone are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 4 The Integration VolP Communications via SIP Server SIP Server VigonPPBX 2820 Internet IP Phone IP Phone Ext 201 ippbx Ext 103a ippbx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101 ippbx Ext 102 ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are
216. oeU c sas ease al a Sega ele Ae ashlee et eg ale ea he eet 107 543 Filter SEUD saa tas ae Ae cae ht ee ee esa r Os A 109 or BY hea DEII eee Rn A a A ee aS 116 Rs ODES SO UNS seinra a Gat ion tieai te eter a esaatc a a 118 So WIP OD SC ccck cain ct cee sae castesan dena ties E 119 SIS a al 6 8 gee an etn re Ce a ee aor an rete nn 121 DoS DEIVICe I yDE ODJECE E e S Eaa a 122 DA SENCE TYPE GOUD ohiren EE E a aa i 123 BSO KeyWord ODECA E I ected adc awetaduckdneepucietaadaciaes 124 BSO KEYWOrd GrOUD ss5ciccstcenc tiie ctecsoe cia sah a EAT EE LER 125 Do Pile EXEN ION ODE Cleran E a E T EAA 126 B SOROD EC ar a a a A tne OR ENE nee meee 128 po PRZOD 2101 e a E es anne ete eeree 130 DS TOME ODE Ea a a a eee ee eee 131 SO IM a a a ete dealer aathc yen eetnectoec eutaea gash adtan teeta oan cusea gestae tate ates 132 66 1 IMP 2P PNET PROM asarana ante deatasumtad sedsaauetashndiatasennad meseccanggetentia 133 5 6 2 URE Conient Filter Prot aragia giheaiwsasentadateswniaddaieaaesietouaes mamaria 134 5 6 3 Web Content Filter Prote naciiaiesiccasand aa iauananeadswniad sesunacd esuannneaeeratabuetwaes 138 De Bandwidth WMANAGCINIGIM israse a a a canlaldydeeiueseteletaatus 140 Dal Hl DO SSIONS LM ses a a a a A 140 9 ke Band WOME ee a E a E 142 SPH es AUVO is C O aee RS OT 143 Di OAD IICALOMNS orek a E E a 150 Ser EDV VATA ON Seren a a a a a 150 2s OCIS BIS eenaa a a 152 SEO RADIUS serene ee E a a a 154 SEA UPRAP Ce eC ee ee eee ee 155
217. oot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpect errors of the router in the future VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 233 5 14 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file i Bs Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 5 0 _RC4 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmwar
218. or Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 2 10 17 LAN Status IP Address RA F 192 168 1 1 7508 175019 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the 91 router forwards the DNS query pac
219. or the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 5 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or j
220. ot no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 5 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attack
221. p Time Displays the total uptime of the interface AOC Displays the charge information of the interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WANI WAN2 is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 WAN2 is not ready for accessing Internet 2 4 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 23 24 This page is left blank VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Applications This chapter shows several scenarios for your reference to configure IP PBX for different purposes 3 1 The Registration of 50 IP based Telephone Extensions VigonPPBX 2820 Internet J ki i IP Phone Ext 103 ippbx IP Phone IP Phone Ext 101a ippbx Ext 102a ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones are connected to LAN ports and set with ext no 101 102 amp 103 The IP based telephones 101 102 103 are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 25 3 2 The IP Registration from Remote Site through WAN Connection VigorPPBX 2820 i
222. page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 141 142 5 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Disable Default Tx Limit kbps Default Rx Limit Kbps Limitation List Index Start IP TH limit RE limit Specific Limitation Start end Tes Limit Kbps Res Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth TX limit Define the limitation f
223. passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High fESP MIDES Mapes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication Method This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 161 Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Secur
224. peaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message OTKF mode InBand QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 215 Detailed Settings for ISDN1 2 TE Port The vigor router
225. pen Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer 192 168 1 10 Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol Start Port End Port Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Hit Ht A700 6 4700 7 J m B CULL AUUOL M B Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry O A Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 4 Firewall 5 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out
226. phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes The QoS function is active ISDN SO ISDN NT mode is active configured from IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN SO ISDN NT mode configured from IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected It means ISDN TE mode is active which is configured from IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings A phone adapter with phone set has been connected ISDN SO or ISDN line has been connected Blinking Left LED On LAN 1 Giga Green Off Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED Of On Of On Of LAN 2 3 4 Green Off Blinking f Right LED Green f f LeftLED On WAN 2 Green of Blinking ISDN TE ISDN SO ISDN NT mode it means an ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes In ISDN TE mode it means data fax or voice phone call is transmitting It will be off if there is nothing connected The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmit
227. printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port 3 communicate with a local printer omething like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the de
228. process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass w Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 5 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited befor
229. pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Peer ISDN number if you select ISDN above Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre s
230. purposes 5 12 4 6 Prompt Maintenance The IP PBX system provides several audio files for users to choose for playing Moreover users can upload other audio files from USB storage or hard disk or others to make the IP PBX system playing Users can record audio files and upload to router or download to PC However the file format of the audio file must follow the rule stated on the web page Users 202 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide can record the audio files through a phone set connected to the router or use audio record program on PC IP PBX gt gt PBX System Prompt Maintenance Download Prompt 711 01 i Back Up Upload Browse J Restore Note The file name follows a pre defined rule System Prompt File v2820pbx_sysprompt ivr User Prompt File v2820pbx_g 11_userprompt s wawv sA 01 10 Download The audio file can be saved with IVR file format or WAV file format In general it will be saved in the router s memory after you record it To back up the audio file s saved in FLASH of the router to your computer please choose the one you want from the drop down menu and click Back Up Prompt Maintenance Download Prompt G711 01 w Prompt 711 01 oystem Prompt cysten Prompt 3724 Prompt to prompt 10 will be used for user defined audio files file format must be WAV System Prompt file is provided by router firmware Upload System Prompt file is provided by router firmware To use such aud
231. r and then the real outside line number without waiting for dial tone The short number is defined here as Trunk Number Set the answering mode for such outside line in office time You can specify it with Auto Attendant AA or forward it to any Extension or Group directly Auto Attendant Auto Attendant Foward To Extension Foward To Group Set the answering mode for such outside line in non office time You can specify it with Auto Attendant AA or forward it to any Extension or Group directly Auto Attendant A ut o Attendant Foward To Extension Foward To Group This page allows you to set profile for ISDN outside line IP PBX gt gt ISDN Trunk ISDN Trunk Office hours answer mode Non Office hours answer mode Office hours answer mode Non office hours answer Auto Attendant ka Auto Attendant w Set the answering mode for such outside line in office time You can specify it with Auto Attendant AA or forward it to any Extension or Group directly Auto Attendant w Auto Attendant Foward To Extension Foward To Group Set the answering mode for such outside line in non office VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide mode time You can specify it with Auto Attendant AA or forward it to any Extension or Group directly moa po Foward To Extension Foward To Group 5 12 3 Dial Plan IP PBX gt gt Dial Plan Dial Plan Configuration Digit Map Call Barring 5 12 3 1 Digit Map
232. r responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build ISDN LAN to LAN connection to remote network You should set up Link Type and identity like User Name and Password for the authentication of remote server You can fu
233. rIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status ils W 25 3 W d nis vd G W g ah w 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for the entry Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 103 104 NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable O
234. ragment C Block Fraggle Attack CO Block TCP flag scan Cl Block Tear Drop Cl Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment Ol Black UnknownProtocal a Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortScan detection Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once 1f the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet
235. reating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 143 Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Manage
236. regular phone call the number is set in the Remote Activation field to the router as signaling it for activation The phone call will be soon disconnected once the router is on line Note that Dialing to a Single ISP should be pre configured properly Link Type Because ISDN has two B channels 64Kbps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or BOD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Link Type Link Disable Dialup b4K bps Dialup 126Kbps Dialup BOD PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization Idle Timeout Because our IDSN link type is Dial On Demand the connection will be initiated only when needed Bandwidth On Demand is for Multiple Link PPP ML PPP or MP The parameters are only applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually use one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that cps characters per second measures the total link utilization High Water Mark and High
237. ress in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting 1s active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 69 70 MPoA for WANT1 MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet token ring or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPOA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses
238. ridge tab to open Bridge configuration page VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 83 WAN gt gt Multi PVCs Multi P Cs General ATH QoS Port based Bridge Channel Enable Pi P2 P3 P4 Service Type Add Tag 2 3 oad of 4 O0 0 0 go a d po 6 m Bo 7 5 B LI BD Note 1 Channel 1 to 2 are reserved for Nat Route use 2 FP1 is reserved for Nat Route use Enable Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel 1 to 4 are reserved for NAT using P1 to P4 It means the LAN port 1 to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Service Type Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC In general the protocol used by remote control is IGMP Mormal Marmal ISMP Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets except IGMP IGMP It means that the PVC can accept packets of IGMP only Add Tag To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page 5 1 6 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traf
239. rmat 192 168 1 10 2212 gt 66 54 259 20 16065 Pr tcp HLen 20 TLen 48 S Seg 8577739265 Ack 0 Win 65535 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 235 236 5 15 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh i Key C connected 5S static R RIP default private A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 4 Wan2 C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN ic i172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 is directly connected WANZ w Refresh Click it to reload the page 5 15 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IP Address MAC Address a 192 1668 1 10 OO0 OE i6 24 D5 Aa1 172 16 2 240 00 05 SD 04 D2 co 172 16 2 194 00 S0 7F 33 31 E93 172 16 3 237 00 0C 6E DO Ci 63 172 16 3 222 O00 S50 7F 14 59 11 172 16 2 209 00 07 40 82 13 77 172 16 3 181 00 50 7F 14i 58 cCF 172 16 2 2386 00 S50 7F CcO 29 1D 172 16 2 62 O00 S0 7F 268 6E 21
240. routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Mone Note This feature is available for ISDN 2 port only None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide value is set by telnet command PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page IP Address Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you Assignment Method connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service IPCP to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you
241. rt IP Address But you have to notice that the first VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide two IP addresses of 192 168 1 200 and 192 168 1 201 are reserved for ISDN remote dial in user 5 9 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over PSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets
242. rtcare asp yrz ta ment vy PRS AMBER ANER NRE GI Hotmal QB Messenger Q HAD MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate 509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 ICSUSICNevigor Mot Yet Valid View Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer M WSiCN vigor Subject IOsUSiehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Va
243. rtest site whether it is categorized Administration Message Max 255 characters Profile i E Setto Factory Default Name lt hody gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as Web content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Ware Cl Action Blo Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Leisure Select All Clear All Business Select All Clear All Others Select All Clear All Action Le we Categories chat Ll Gambling Sex Advertisements L Games Hobbies Personals Sports L Computing Internet C Politics Remote proxies J Education Clews Usenet news criminal Ll Hacking C Violence L Entertainment U Glamour Lifestyle Photo Searches Streaming Media Finance Real Estate Search Engine Hasting sites Religion LJuncategorised sites Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide C Drug
244. rther set up Callback CBCP function below Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection 169 User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium Advanced 170 becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set
245. runk List SIP Trunk List Pefresh Seconds Retresh Index Profile Name Domain Realm Proxy E AE Trunk Number Status 00i 002 O03 F 004 O05 O06 a n u M E R Success registered on SIP server Fail to register on SIP server Please click any number under Index to set detailed configuration VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide IP PBX gt gt SIP Trunk List SIP Trunk Index 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Local Port Domain Reallm Proxy Proxy Port Display Name Account Number Name CO Authentication ID Password Expiry Time Trunk number Office hours answer mode Non Office hours answer mode Mone ori O60 MIU thour ij e0 sc O1 Auto Attendant Auto Attendant o i Mote SIP Local Port can not be equal to PBX Proxy Port Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Proxy Port Display Name Account Number Name VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Cancel Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Mone None Set the
246. s Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make chan
247. s system Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable Enable Server IP Address fe SMTP Server fs Destination Port 514 Mail TO Oooo Enable syslog message Return Path fe Firewall Lag CO Authentication User Access Log Password Call Lag Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log C DoS Attack Fouter DSL information E IM P2P Enable Syslog Access Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Server IP The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Enable syslog message Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Enable Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 229 230 Send a test e mail Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign an e mail address of another mailbox to accept all returned messages if fatal problems occur at the recipient mailbox The e mail address typed here also acts as the Sender address while Vigor sends out the alert e mails Authentication Chec
248. s aAlcohol Hate speech CI weapons LJ Food Health Motor Yehicles Shopping L Travel job Search Career Reference Web Mail LJ kid Sites Sex Education 139 If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Block For this section please refer to Web Content Filter user s guide 5 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management 5 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IP Max Sessions Spe
249. s the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to 117 5 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address 118 Warning Messages indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message follo
250. sical Type This setting is available for WAN2 only You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 65 66 Load Balance Mode Line Speed Active Mode determined by the system Auta negotiation ha Auto ne qotiation 10M1 half duplex Physical Type 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto O Auta Wei gh According to Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for
251. specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 105 106 Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection
252. specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more Select one of the IM P2P Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P Filter Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content F
253. ss accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 777 x 17 777 x 2 777 x 18 777 x a 777 x 19 777 x 4 777 s 20 777 n 5 777 x 21 777 s 6 777 x 22 777 s 777 x 23 777 x 8 777 x 24 777 x 9 Finir s 25 ririri sd 10 777 x 26 777 x 11 777 x 27 777 s 12 777 s 28 777 s 13 777 x 29 777 s 1 777 x 30 777 x 15 777 x 31 777 s 16 777 x 32 777 x Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Inde
254. ssing into Internet within 5 minutes 239 240 qe v Refresh sj w Sessions Action p Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column ge M Refresh Sessions Action blocked 298 Unblock 5 15 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN 1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WWAN2 Bandwidth Daily Refresh WANT Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth Sessions VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 5 15 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Protocol Host IP Address Result Trace through Protocol Host IP Address Run Clear VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Unspecified Unspecified WANT WA Choose a protocol CMP or UDP for such route It indicates
255. stems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 5 8 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups For invoking IGMP Snooping function you have to check the Enable IGMP Proxy box first for activating the IGMP proxy function VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP C Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled LJ Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi P P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to
256. sword for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Confirm password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password fs Confirm password Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore Oo O Decrypt password 0 Click to upload the file 5 11 ISDN 5 11 1 Basic Concept ISDN means integrated services digital network that is an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items for ISDN 5 11 2 General Settings This web page allows you to enable ISDN function VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 179 180 ISDN gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blacked MSN numbers for the router Country Code International v fo D Channel Mode ISDM1 Point to Point O i Point to Multipoint aooo ISDN2 Point to Point Point to Multipoint s sd Own Number means that the router will tell the remote end the ISDN number when it s placing an outgoing call Index MSN numbers for the router Mapping to Phone Ports 0 a s 2 Ed
257. t For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 5 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on Draytek Syslog window Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here eS hitp 192_ 168_ 1 1l docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1253 Greek Window size 65635 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box ii DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 q WAN Information WAMI IP Fixed 172 16 2 213 LAN Status Tx Packets RY Packets wWANZ I
258. t Description Printer O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port O P1 Standard TCP IP Port HP LaserJet 1300 O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port E IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port M IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 0 POF LocalPot PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP 921 68 1 J Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol O Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support Center gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server FAQ finally click the link of What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router Support Center Contact us Application Mot Contact Tech Support Trouble Shooting Downloads Corporate Products Center Info
259. t Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 147 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name same 1 NO Status Local Address Remote Address onset Service Type CodePoint 16 Active Any ANY ANY 20 Active oe Any Ar Poe TELNET TCP 23 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP Index Status Bandwidth Directon n o Others Bandwidth Control WANI Enable 1O0000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 259 25 2556 Inactive Setup WAN Enable 1O000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 2596 25 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Inde
260. t PPTP 0 00 29 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 129 11 192 168 129 1 5 12 10 4 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011_4 ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 4 3 0 2 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att G OMT SHOWTIME 1024000 12000000 5 T 20 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Online status for Static IP for WAN1 Online Status System Status Primary Secondary System Uptime 3 18 44 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TR Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 4850 339 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes ADSL Static IF IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 66 52 192 168 566 1 1 J WAN 2 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes Ethernet PPTp IP GW IP THK Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 129 11 192 168 129 1 12 Up Time 0 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 1 16 gt gt Release Up Time 0 00 28 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 10 J ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Yersion 211011_4 ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 4 3 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att a OMT SHO TIME 1024000 12000000 0 0 Online status for DHCP WAN1 Online Status system Status Primary Secondary System Uptime 3 18 44 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 LAN Status Primary DNS 192 168 66 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 1
261. t file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBG jICCARNC AOAWOTELMAKGALUEBHNCVFcxXEDAO Baseb4 Encoded BgokqhkiG9wOBCOEWEXByZXNzOGRYYX1OZWsuy29t _ Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBGQDOYB7wmZFf FhANG TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or H h 4bp89cUF Sa LO ACGGiIM tc BOckd ZAPFFvVIXCP3 x GOATCTvO OzpxroCwlJIT JLS4S50 Bn9v50951G6 v lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS l _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser Subordinate Coftification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CER
262. th Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio ps 36 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth Online Statistics The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 10000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Limited_bandwidth Ratio Online Statistics VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of b
263. th when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIP Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you l
264. the IP address of the host Click this button to start route tracing work Click this link to remove the result on the window 241 This page is left blank 242 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright Factory C 6 Reset CSM WAN2 QoS ISDN1 ISDN2 Phone 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again
265. the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first The displays of LED indicators and connectors for the routers are different slightly The following sections will introduce them respectively If the model of router you have does not support ISDN and or VoIP function simply ignore the relational description Definitions for ISDN Ports Below shows the names that displayed on front panel of the device and the WEB UI of this device Both ISDN1 and ISDN2 port on front panel of the device are configurable for connecting phone or accessing Internet according to the settings that you adjust on WEB UI ISDN1 TE ISDN2 TE shown on WEB UI is a port that used to connect ISDN line ISDN1 S0 ISDN2 S0 shown on WEB UI is a port that used to connect ISDN phone Please refer to IP PBX gt gt PBX System gt gt Phone Settings in User s Guide for detailed information Q Warning When the orange LED lights means ISDN NT mode the ISDN port can be used to connect phone only Wrong ISDN connection might cause severe damage on your device 2 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Dray Tek VIGOR IPPBA 2820 O O Q
266. ting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Fetiary lSDN4 ar Right LED Green Off Fh ois Lina tagaj The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps E ON rm OFF PWR Interface Description Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory Connecter for ISDN line or ISDN phone adapter in particular condition Refer to section 2 2 for more details Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Factory Reset Restore the default settings default configuration ISDN1 2 Phone Connecter for PSTN phone Line Connector for PSTN life line LAN 1 4 DSL WAN 2 USB PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the ADSL interface to the external ADSL splitter with an ADSL line cable Also connect Line interface to an external ADSL splitter LINE Line DSL For second
267. to add the selected IP objects in this box 121 122 5 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name e e ebp eene reren a B LE Set to Factory Default Click the number under Index Setto Factory Default Index Name ee j e e e e e Uh CD Piet fe eee ee A a a l Clear all profiles column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Mame Protocol source Port Destination Port i C s Pe Clear Cancel II 4 II lt J co D Name Protocol Source Destination Port Type a name for this profile Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are avai
268. to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Packet Trigger Always On Note This feature is available for ISDN 2 port only None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automat
269. ts new voice message from some extension number or the condition of the voice message is changed it will transfer NOTIFY message to the users within the valid time subscribed Force Notify User The user does not send out SUBSCRIBE message automatically The IPPBX will deliver NOTIFY message to the users if there is a new message or the user registers on IPPBX again 213 214 Expiry Time It is the time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again Outgoing Call Use There are six outside lines and one ISDN line for you to specify for such extension Please check the one s you want Answer Mode Specify the way to process incoming phone calls No answer after When the incoming phone call is not picked up it will be processed by keeping forwarding to certain extension or group Please specify the waiting time and determine the way you want to process Busy then When this extension number is busy you can forward the incoming phone call to other extension number or group In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC DTMF mode and MSN number Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the pho
270. tup above VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 39 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel J Compression On off C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway y Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 O Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password eccccce CO IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression on O off O L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method i Pre Sh dk Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway re onhared Key Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s 7 At last set the remote network I
271. uide 5 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS MO Status Local Address Remote Address pinsery Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY 6 Click Setup link for WANI Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class aie Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 m 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANT Enable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps Both 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 2596 Inactive etup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 7 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class Name Reserved_bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 lag Class 2 HTTPS 25 lag Class 3 25 Others s leg Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 96 Ol Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics 8 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this inde
272. ult Profile Name Profile Name PEPE S Ae EE YP PSS i amp amp IA FREEFERBEBPrPrrPPeePee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Applications for tunneling and streaming are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use Misc Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 131 5 6 CSM 132 Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name O Check for Disallow Tunneling L Socks4 5 LJPGPNet LIHTTP Proxy L Tor LI VAN SoftEther FolderShare CIMS TEREDO H Wujie UltraSurf Hamachi CIHTTF Tunnel Ping Tunnel CI Tiny YPN Streaming Comms CORTSP Ctvants Cppstream LIPPlive L Feidian JuuSsee LINSPlayer CIFCAST Ot kKoo C Sopcast O UDLivex LI T VUPlayer L MySee joost Flash ideo Remote Control IYNE Cl Radmin COl Spyanywhere C ShowMyPC CI LogMeIn TeamViewer LJ Gogrok L RemoteContralPra C CrossLoop C windowsRDF Cl pcanywhere Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control
273. ur local telecom operators By default MSN function is disabled If you leave the fields blank all incoming calls will be accepted without number matching VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 1 10 fields Fill in the portion that is different with the own number For example the own number is 1234567 and MSN numbers are 1234550 1234517 and 1234582 respectively You can type in 1234567 in the filed of own number Fill in 50 17 and 67 on the fields of 1 2 and 3 one by one without typing 12345 Mapping to Phone Ports For loop through phone calls you can assign Phone or and ISDN1 SO as ring ports if incoming calls correspond with settings on MSN number field There are ten internal lines 30 39 under ISDN1 SO for you to configure as dedicated line You can setup your ISDN phone with one of these 10 different internal MSN numbers Transparent means MSN on TE port can connect to NT port without limitation on the number among 30 39 Any means all the phones under ISDN1 SO would ring 0 150N1 50 If you choose Any as ISDN SO port when the router receives the incoming phone call with certain number for reaching ISDN SO all the phone sets connected to ISDN SO will ring at the same time Phone CLIR CLIP CLIR means Calling Line Identification Restriction If you choose this item we will not let remote side see your phone number Such function depends on environment that ISP offers to you Usually hidden telephone nu
274. ure x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 connection PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password eeccees 7 PPP Authentication PAP CHAP YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback J J J Provide ISDN Number to Remote Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 42 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 3 Dial
275. value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall gt gt General Setup Gonoral Schip Start Milter Ser Seo Call Piller Enable Disable Data Filter E Enoki Start Filter Get Seta CL Disable Actlans for dofault rule Application Actin Protila Filter Paes INL SP Elter Hone i URL Content Filles Nore Web Content Filter None w Advance Seltiig Egi E Aceapt laga incoming fragmented UDP ee ICMP packets for come games ages en Ce Cancel Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Filtar Sat 1 Gomments 2 Dipig Cemmante Meck Hedins Aof APES a e VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Gu
276. vice type if you are sure the address is correct Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 10 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use pm Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer Eidi AST lt a DL Canon y eee aa v gy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings al es Brother HL 1070 Print to the following ports Documents will print to the first free checked port Por
277. wed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address 192 168 1 115 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication YPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log C Dos Attack Router DSL information L IM P2P iti DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor2820 Series 21634 483 a LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 4175 3666 172 16 3 229 2556 126 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State Traffic Graph Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor Dos syn_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 394375 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor DoS icmp_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1 cmp len 20 60 icmp 0 8 lt ADSL Status VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide bjeciks Setmg 5 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Set to Factory Default w w w N N N Y N NY N N N Y j je ja T e ee eee eee eee e ee e ee e
278. when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical port for WAN1 WAN2 Config Information It shows brief configuration information for WAN1 WAN2 interface WANI and WAN2 support different protocols WANI supports PPPoE PPPoA and MPoA WAN2 supports PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP According to physical connection of your router please choose suitable WAN interface link to set detailed information PPPoE PPPOA for WAN1 To use PPPoE PPPOoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPPoE PPPoA mode The following web page will appear VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 67 68 WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA gt Enable Disable MPOA RFC1483 27684 ISP Access Setup Username DSL Mod Setti Multi P c channel Channel 1 ae PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP FI Idle Timeout jooo second s CI Encapsulating Type Modulation PPPoE Pass through C For Wired LAN ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Mone WAN Connection Detection YE MU Protocol PPPoA Hg l lt 4 IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP O Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs Multimode Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address a0 Eo FF ffa JE 01 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mode ARP Detect Ping IP TTL Enable Disable
279. word Object None b or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None vi or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None v or Keyword Group None Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below 137 138 If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading Mone wt Mone 5 6 3 Web Content Filt
280. x he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel 50 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name WPN DiffServ CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined 9 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first MO Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 10 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address 192 168 1 10 i Femote Address 192 168 2 0 Service Type ANY Note Please choose setup the Service Type first VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 51 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres You ca
281. x Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type Protocol 148 VigoriIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number ao boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 149 5 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications 150 Applicatons 5 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS featur
282. x No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel second s Password Username 29 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 509 L2TP with IPSec Policy None O Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number or Peer ID Enable this account ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote Node VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optional Callback Function C Check to enable Callback function O Specify the callback number Callback Number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget 30 minute s Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote ISDN dial in connection You can further set up Callback function below You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN con
283. xt 603aippbx ds VigorSwitch G2240 VigorTalk ATA24 IP Phone Ext 101 aippbx IP Phone i i o Xi Hlp Analog Phone S Ext 102 l Ext 701 ippbx Analog Phone Ext 7 02 ippbx Analog Phone Ext 703a ippbx The establishment through DSL Internet Flexible second WAN for back up IP based telephones with ext no 101 amp 102 are connected to LAN ports of the VigorSwitch Analog telephones with ext no 701 702 amp 703 are connected to the VigorTalk ATA24 and are registered at the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based telephone with ext no 103 and remote IP based phone ext no 201 are registered on the Vigor PPBX 2820 The IP based phone with ext no 201 is at remote site The Vigor PPBX 2820 seamlessly integrate with ITSP services allow you to register at a SIP server The remote IP based phone with ext 301 is registered at a SIP server The ISDN phones with ext no 601 and 602 are connected to ISDN PBX The ISDN PBX also provides analog extensions to allow analog phones to be connected The analog phone with ext no 603 is connected at the ISDN PBX The analog land line is connected to the Line port The analog phone is connected to the Phone port and is using ext no 401 at Vigor PPBX 2820 The ISDN PBX s two internal lines are connected to the TE interfaces of the Vigor PPBX 2820 VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Other Applications 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connectio
284. yor Center gt FAQ FAQ ISDN FAQ 20080320 IF Filter FAQ 2007405 314 Printer Serwer FAQ ooga Corporate Products Center Information Center Support Center Contact us gt Support Center FAQ Print Server FAQ 04 Howdol configure LPR printing on MacOS 006gr 05 hy there are some strange printouts when try to print my documents through Vigor2z104P f 23 06 Whattpes of printers are compatible with Vigor router ceoos0s44 Of hatare the limitations inthe USB Printer Port of Vigor Router Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 11 12 VigorlIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Configuring Basic Settings For use the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator and how to adjust basic settings for accessing Internet successfully Be aware that only the administrator can change the router configuration 2 1 Changing Password To change the password for this device you have to access into the web browse with default password first 1 Make sure your computer connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP i dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the s
285. ysical Type Auto negotiation PI 0 YEI 33 Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Bridge LLC Fixed IP No Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 Secondary ONS Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 2 2 3 1483 Routed IP Click 1483 Routed IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAR 1 WPI ZI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second ONS Auto detect AL 1463 Routed IP VC Mux IPoA Oves NofDynamic IP 168 95 1 1 alli Cancel After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type PI CI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary ONS WAT 1 ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 1483 Route YCMUx Mo 168 95 1 1 165 95 1 10 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 19 2 3 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within
286. ytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS O Draytek OU RD Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request NIIBnTCCAQYC AQAWETELMNARGALUEBHNCVF cxC za BGNVBAgTAkKhTHRAwDgYDVOOK EwdEcmF 5dGVr NOs wCOYDVOOLEWISRDEINCAGCS qGS Ibs DOEJARYTc3 ucG9ydEBk cmF 5dGVrLiNvbTCBnzanbgkqhkiGSwOBAaOEF sAsOB OsugGYKCGYEAYZELVTVBytix OTSZSZQdw1lReltyvlHnVim MFCOy9x XEwNKG46jdGY1LSavJ TduHH90z40NUx026G mASVORt j 7HbNOdYn88p1ixRrOF gk8nkbMLda qh10o0c 1s YN smGb4N Pbho4VMO1VO aKiyaPfp 202 0WsCddxh Hz23 Ys8m60CAwE AAAAANAOGCS GS Ib3 DOEBBOUAASGB AGNBSO 1V 44sqgkiwillnXkXHJvdaF LDOdweOo1ZLixRn 0Vdhed JvalSCgiqzJocKaDo nacBqEc lWOchKzESOdyDcsmt If7k 10455euY7nxswxkvPI0On3 LUMIGNZvoOsvrTYu sOvJIGBHHwKSkUblLRAZLSxvH DoNxlb6czTlybedZssrdw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program
287. zation Unit COU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window request Then click Generate again Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Click this button to refresh the information listed below Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate x509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Local Subject Status f C TWYST HS 0 Draytek OU RD Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request Modify HITEnTCCAQYCAQAWETELNAKGAIUEBAMCVFcexC cAI BQNVBAgTAkKhTMRAwDgYDVOOK EwdEcmF 5dGV Vr M0swC O LDVOOLEWISRDELMCAGCS qGS Ibs DOEIARYTc3VweGo ydEBk cmF 5dGVre LulivbTCBnz aNBgkqhkiGowOBAQEF AAOB QAWGYKCGYEAyZELVTVBytix OTS 23 Z0dwlRe ltyvlHnV um MFCOySx ZEwNEG46jd0GY1LS avd TduHH9Oz40MNWxO26 MASVORt j PAbNOdYns8p ixRrOF gkenkbMLdigqhiooc 1ls N smGb4N Pho4VMolvo dKiyaPtp 02 0WsCddxh Hz 23 Ys6mb0C AwE Aha AANAOGCS AGS IbSDQOERBOUALAGE AGNESOTLY445sgkiwilnkhIvydadF LDOdweoo1leLleRn ovdhed yvalsCgiqzsJIocKabo7 nacBaEclLWOchKeESsOdyDcemt If7R 1LO4S5SeuTinxswavel ons LIMIGH2yosvrTYu sovJIGRHHWESEWhHLRASLOxVAH Dos L ceTlyhedsssrJdyu VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User s Guide 177 178 5 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certi

VigorIPPBX 2820 Series User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents